Live financial news intelligence

Track market-moving stories before they get noisy

Real-time pulse of financial headlines curated from 5 premium feeds.

Latest market signal English
Coverage 253,499 Raw stories ingested 39,379 rewritten in CS_CZ • 0 to rewrite (last 7 days).
Agents 7 waiting Pipeline agents
  • FMP Stock News Fetch every minute 55s ago
  • FMP Forex News Fetch every 5 min 3m ago
  • CoinGecko News Fetch every 5 min 3m ago
  • FIO Stock News Fetch every 10 min 9m ago
  • Patria Stock News Fetch every 10 min 9m ago
  • Editorial rewrite Rewrite every minute 55s ago
  • Asset sync Assets every 1 hour 25m ago

Latest coverage

Market News Feed

Scan headlines quickly, then expand any story for source context.

View
Details Date Content Source
2026-10-30 00:05 2d ago
2026-10-29 19:35 2d ago
Kaplan Fox Urges Fluence Energy, Inc. (FLNC) Investors to Contact the Firm Before the Deadline on November 27, 2026
FLNC Fluence Energy
FMP Stock News
Original source text
New York, New York--(Newsfile Corp. - October 29, 2026) - Kaplan Fox & Kilsheimer LLP announces that a class action lawsuit has been filed against Fluence Energy, Inc. ("Fluence Energy" or the "Company") (NASDAQ: FLNC) on behalf of investors that purchased or otherwise acquired Fluence Energy securities between November 24, 2025 and September 16, 2026 (the "Class Period"). CLICK HERE TO JOIN THE CASE If you are an investor in Fluence Energy and have suffered losses, you may CLICK HERE to contact us.
2026-10-30 00:05 2d ago
2026-10-29 19:44 2d ago
FLUENCE DEADLINE: ROSEN, NATIONAL INVESTOR COUNSEL, Encourages Fluence Energy, Inc. Investors to Secure Counsel Before Important Deadline in Securities Class Action – FLNC
FLNC Fluence Energy
FMP Stock News
Original source text
NEW YORK, Oct. 29, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) --

WHY: Rosen Law Firm, a global investor rights law firm, reminds purchasers of securities of Fluence Energy, Inc. (NASDAQ: FLNC) between November 24, 2025 and September 16, 2026, inclusive (the “Class Period”), of the important November 30, 2026 lead plaintiff deadline.

SO WHAT: If you purchased Fluence Energy securities during the Class Period you may be entitled to compensation without payment of any out of pocket fees or costs through a contingency fee arrangement.

WHAT TO DO NEXT: To join the Fluence Energy class action, go to https://rosenlegal.com/cases/fluence-energy-inc-2026-09/join or call Phillip Kim, Esq. toll-free at 866-767-3653 or email [email protected] for information on the class action. A class action lawsuit has already been filed. If you wish to serve as lead plaintiff, you must move the Court no later than November 30, 2026. A lead plaintiff is a representative party acting on behalf of other class members in directing the litigation.

WHY ROSEN LAW: We encourage investors to select qualified counsel with a track record of success in leadership roles. Often, firms issuing notices do not have comparable experience, resources, or any meaningful peer recognition. Many of these firms do not actually handle securities class actions, but are merely middlemen that refer clients or partner with law firms that actually litigate the cases. Be wise in selecting counsel. The Rosen Law Firm represents investors throughout the globe, concentrating its practice in securities class actions and shareholder derivative litigation. Rosen Law Firm has achieved the largest ever securities class action settlement against a Chinese Company. Rosen Law Firm was Ranked No. 1 by ISS Securities Class Action Services for number of securities class action settlements in 2017. The firm has been ranked in the top 4 each year since 2013 and has recovered billions of dollars for investors. In 2019 alone the firm secured over $438 million for investors. In 2020, founding partner Laurence Rosen was named by law360 as a Titan of Plaintiffs’ Bar. Many of the firm’s attorneys have been recognized by Lawdragon and Super Lawyers.

DETAILS OF THE CASE: According to the lawsuit, throughout the Class Period, defendants made materially false and misleading statements and/or failed to disclose that: (1) Fluence Energy’s ability to deliver its backlog and recognize the revenue underlying its fiscal 2026 guidance depended on new contract manufacturing facilities, including facilities that were not completed, not operational, and/or not capable of producing at the volumes the guidance assumed; (2) the corrective measures Fluence Energy had implemented to address production problems at its contract manufacturers were not remediating those problems, which persisted and extended to Fluence Energy’s new facilities; (3) as a result, a material portion of the backlog that defendants represented as “securing” or “covering” Fluence Energy’s fiscal 2026 revenue guidance were likely to be delivered and recognized in fiscal 2026; and (4) as a result of the foregoing, defendants’ positive statements about Fluence Energy’s business, operations, and prospects were materially misleading and/or lacked a reasonable basis. When the true details entered the market, the lawsuit claims that investors suffered damages. 

To join the Fluence Energy class action, go to https://rosenlegal.com/cases/fluence-energy-inc-2026-09/join or call Phillip Kim, Esq. toll-free at 866-767-3653 or email [email protected] for information on the class action.

No Class Has Been Certified. Until a class is certified, you are not represented by counsel unless you retain one. You may select counsel of your choice. You may also remain an absent class member and do nothing at this point. An investor’s ability to share in any potential future recovery is not dependent upon serving as lead plaintiff.

Follow us for updates on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/the-rosen-law-firm, on Twitter: https://twitter.com/rosen_firm or on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/rosenlawfirm/.

Attorney Advertising. Prior results do not guarantee a similar outcome.

Contact Information:
      Laurence Rosen, Esq.
      Phillip Kim, Esq.
      The Rosen Law Firm, P.A.
      275 Madison Avenue, 40th Floor
      New York, NY 10016
      Tel: (212) 686-1060
      Toll Free: (866) 767-3653
      Fax: (212) 202-3827
      [email protected]
      www.rosenlegal.com
2026-10-30 00:05 2d ago
2026-10-29 19:01 2d ago
Kyndryl Holdings, Inc. (KD) Falls More Steeply Than Broader Market: What Investors Need to Know
KD Kyndryl Holdings
FMP Stock News
Original source text
In the latest close session, Kyndryl Holdings, Inc. (KD - Free Report) was down 1.06% at $13.94. The stock's change was less than the S&P 500's daily loss of 0.31%. Elsewhere, the Dow saw a downswing of 0.25%, while the tech-heavy Nasdaq depreciated by 1.38%.

The company's shares have seen an increase of 25.13% over the last month, surpassing the Business Services sector's gain of 2.12% and the S&P 500's gain of 0.87%.

The upcoming earnings release of Kyndryl Holdings, Inc. will be of great interest to investors. The company's earnings report is expected on November 4, 2026. The company's earnings per share (EPS) are projected to be $0.37, reflecting a 2.63% decrease from the same quarter last year. In the meantime, our current consensus estimate forecasts the revenue to be $3.6 billion, indicating a 3.15% decline compared to the corresponding quarter of the prior year.

Looking at the full year, the Zacks Consensus Estimates suggest analysts are expecting earnings of $1.85 per share and revenue of $14.76 billion. These totals would mark changes of +26.71% and -2.23%, respectively, from last year.

Investors might also notice recent changes to analyst estimates for Kyndryl Holdings, Inc. These revisions help to show the ever-changing nature of near-term business trends. Consequently, upward revisions in estimates express analysts' positivity towards the business operations and its ability to generate profits.

Our research reveals that these estimate alterations are directly linked with the stock price performance in the near future. Investors can capitalize on this by using the Zacks Rank. This model considers these estimate changes and provides a simple, actionable rating system.

The Zacks Rank system, which varies between #1 (Strong Buy) and #5 (Strong Sell), carries an impressive track record of exceeding expectations, confirmed by external audits, with stocks at #1 delivering an average annual return of +25% since 1988. Over the past month, the Zacks Consensus EPS estimate remained stagnant. Right now, Kyndryl Holdings, Inc. possesses a Zacks Rank of #3 (Hold).

In terms of valuation, Kyndryl Holdings, Inc. is currently trading at a Forward P/E ratio of 7.63. This valuation marks a discount compared to its industry average Forward P/E of 16.02.

The Technology Services industry is part of the Business Services sector. With its current Zacks Industry Rank of 93, this industry ranks in the top 38% of all industries, numbering over 250.

The Zacks Industry Rank gauges the strength of our industry groups by measuring the average Zacks Rank of the individual stocks within the groups. Our research shows that the top 50% rated industries outperform the bottom half by a factor of 2 to 1.

Remember to apply Zacks.com to follow these and more stock-moving metrics during the upcoming trading sessions.
2026-10-30 00:03 2d ago
2026-10-29 19:00 2d ago
Fulton Financial: 3 Key Takeaways for Long-Term Investors
FULT Fulton Financial Corporation
FMP Stock News
Original source text
On its third-quarter 2026 earnings call, held on Oct. 22, 2026, Fulton Financial (FULT +1.37%) reported record quarterly profitability. Expanding the commercial banking team helps build core deposit relationships across key regional markets. Growing wealth management revenue provides steady fee income alongside traditional bank lending.

Three statements from management highlight the bank's strategic progress.

1. Commercial Sales Force Expansion Drives Deposit InflowsFulton Financial expanded its commercial sales team by 14% year to date to win primary banking relationships in core mid-Atlantic markets. That sales force growth helped generate nearly $600 million in commercial customer deposit growth during the quarter.

Year-to-date, we increased our commercial sales force by 14%, with over 2/3 of that growth occurring during the third quarter.
-- Curt Myers, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and President2. Commercial Real Estate Payoffs Restrain Overall Loan GrowthWhile overall loan originations increased 23% linked quarter, total commercial balances dropped by $63 million. Higher-than-expected payoffs in commercial real estate (CRE) multifamily loans offset new lending as non-bank competitors offered aggressive terms.

Commercial balances trailed expectations, mostly due to accelerated CRE payoffs above what we thought they were going to be in the quarter. And then specifically within that, it's really multifamily.
-- Curt Myers, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and President3. Wealth Management Business Reaches Record Assets Under ManagementWealth management fee revenue rose more than 9% from the previous quarter, providing stable non-interest income, which includes revenue earned from fee-based financial services rather than interest on loans. Adding advisors and attracting assets from new and existing clients helped push total assets under management and administration to a new high.

Wealth management assets under management and administration reached a record $18.6 billion, and wealth management revenue grew more than 9% linked quarter.
-- Curt Myers, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and PresidentLooking AheadLoan origination momentum is building across commercial and consumer lines as newly hired bankers ramp up production. A diversified business model provides balance when lending markets face heavy rate competition.

Our diversified business model continues to be a meaningful competitive advantage.
-- Curt Myers, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and PresidentManagement is maintaining pricing discipline in commercial real estate while expanding treasury management toolsthat help businesses manage operating cash and payments, deepening customer relationships.

We believe these investments we are making today position us well for future growth and long-term value creation.
-- Curt Myers, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and PresidentThe Motley Fool has no position in any of the stocks mentioned. The Motley Fool has a disclosure policy.
2026-10-30 00:03 2d ago
2026-10-29 18:36 2d ago
Arthur J. Gallagher (AJG) Misses Q3 Earnings and Revenue Estimates
AJG Arthur J Gallagher & Co
FMP Stock News
Original source text
Arthur J. Gallagher (AJG - Free Report) came out with quarterly earnings of $3 per share, missing the Zacks Consensus Estimate of $3.01 per share. This compares to earnings of $2.32 per share a year ago. These figures are adjusted for non-recurring items.

This quarterly report represents an earnings surprise of -0.33%. A quarter ago, it was expected that this insurance and risk-management company would post earnings of $2.84 per share when it actually produced earnings of $2.84, delivering no surprise.

Over the last four quarters, the company has surpassed consensus EPS estimates two times.

Arthur J. Gallagher, which belongs to the Zacks Insurance - Brokerage industry, posted revenues of $3.92 billion for the quarter ended September 2026, missing the Zacks Consensus Estimate by 1.3%. This compares to year-ago revenues of $3.33 billion. The company has topped consensus revenue estimates two times over the last four quarters.

The sustainability of the stock's immediate price movement based on the recently-released numbers and future earnings expectations will mostly depend on management's commentary on the earnings call.

Arthur J. Gallagher shares have added about 0.6% since the beginning of the year versus the S&P 500's gain of 13.1%.

What's Next for Arthur J. Gallagher?While Arthur J. Gallagher has underperformed the market so far this year, the question that comes to investors' minds is: what's next for the stock?

There are no easy answers to this key question, but one reliable measure that can help investors address this is the company's earnings outlook. Not only does this include current consensus earnings expectations for the coming quarter(s), but also how these expectations have changed lately.

Empirical research shows a strong correlation between near-term stock movements and trends in earnings estimate revisions. Investors can track such revisions by themselves or rely on a tried-and-tested rating tool like the Zacks Rank, which has an impressive track record of harnessing the power of earnings estimate revisions.

Ahead of this earnings release, the estimate revisions trend for Arthur J. Gallagher was unfavorable. While the magnitude and direction of estimate revisions could change following the company's just-released earnings report, the current status translates into a Zacks Rank #4 (Sell) for the stock. So, the shares are expected to underperform the market in the near future. You can see the complete list of today's Zacks #1 Rank (Strong Buy) stocks here.

It will be interesting to see how estimates for the coming quarters and the current fiscal year change in the days ahead. The current consensus EPS estimate is $2.81 on $3.9 billion in revenues for the coming quarter and $13.16 on $16.54 billion in revenues for the current fiscal year.

Investors should be mindful of the fact that the outlook for the industry can have a material impact on the performance of the stock as well. In terms of the Zacks Industry Rank, Insurance - Brokerage is currently in the bottom 6% of the 250 plus Zacks industries. Our research shows that the top 50% of the Zacks-ranked industries outperform the bottom 50% by a factor of more than 2 to 1.

Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited (OXBR - Free Report) , another stock in the same industry, has yet to report results for the quarter ended September 2026. The results are expected to be released on November 9.

This company is expected to post quarterly loss of $0.06 per share in its upcoming report, which represents a year-over-year change of -200%. The consensus EPS estimate for the quarter has remained unchanged over the last 30 days.

Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited's revenues are expected to be $0.42 million, down 34.4% from the year-ago quarter.
2026-10-30 00:02 2d ago
2026-10-29 18:30 2d ago
Element Solutions: 3 Key Takeaways for Long-Term Investors
ESI Element Solutions
FMP Stock News
Original source text
On its third-quarter 2026 earnings call, held on Oct. 22, 2026, Element Solutions (ESI -1.09%) reported record quarterly revenue and raised its full-year financial outlook. The specialty chemical producer continues to gain momentum as it embeds its thermal management and electronic assembly products into artificial intelligence hardware supply chains.

Three key takeaways from management stand out for long-term investors.

1. Shareholder Feedback Prompted Management to Terminate the Solstice AcquisitionElement Solutions terminated its proposed combination with Solstice at the end of August after shareholders voiced a preference for the company's stand-alone growth plan. Leadership listened to investor input and redirected its focus toward organic growth and targeted bolt-on M&A--the strategy of buying smaller chemical providers to integrate into existing operations.

While we stand behind the strategic and financial merits of the Solstice transaction, it became clear that our shareholders valued the stand-alone trajectory that we articulated in our May investor day.
-- Ben Gliklich, Chief Executive Officer2. Artificial Intelligence Infrastructure Buildouts Are Accelerating Organic GrowthRapid expansion in artificial intelligence data centers is generating high demand for complex circuitry and thermal interface materials. Industry forecasts for printed circuit board--or PCB--volume growth in 2026 increased from 6% to over 10%, with high-performance computing driving the uptick.

Technical requirements in data center hardware and other high-performance electronics continue to increase, which has driven our offering of critical enabling solutions across thermal management, power density, and advanced packaging applications, to name a few.
-- Ben Gliklich, Chief Executive Officer3. Operations Are Decentralizing to Move Faster for Key CustomersTo match the fast pace of customer development cycles in data centers, the company is decentralizing its Electronics segment into smaller, more autonomous business units. Executive Matt Liebowitz moved into the Chief Operating Officer role to help manage these independent business units while keeping them under the unified MacDermid Alpha brand.

In that context, we're evolving our organizational structure in the electronic segment to further decentralize by forming more autonomous business units aligned with our customers, all of which will still operate under the strong MacDermid Alpha brand.
-- Ben Gliklich, Chief Executive OfficerLooking AheadData center demand drives growth in high-margin lines, where dominant market positions provide a lasting structural advantage.

Underlying demand in the high-end electronics market remains strong, and the incumbent positions we've established in the fastest-growing, highest-value niches of these markets should continue to serve us well.
-- Ben Gliklich, Chief Executive OfficerManagement raised full-year guidance to $720 million while lowering net leverage. Cash flow supports share repurchases alongside factory expansions in Asia and Texas.

Each of our businesses has identified opportunities and built strategies to deliver substantial profit growth through investments in people and capabilities over a multi-year timeframe.
-- Ben Gliklich, Chief Executive OfficerThe Motley Fool has no position in any of the stocks mentioned. The Motley Fool has a disclosure policy.
2026-10-30 00:01 2d ago
2026-10-29 17:49 2d ago
SHAREHOLDER ALERT: Levi & Korsinsky, LLP Notifies Investors It Has Filed a Complaint to Recover Losses Suffered by Purchasers of O-I Glass, Inc. Common Stock and Sets a Lead Plaintiff Deadline of December 28, 2026
OI O-I Glass
FMP Stock News
Original source text
NEW YORK, Oct. 29, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- The following statement is being issued by Levi & Korsinsky, LLP:

To: All persons or entities who purchased or otherwise acquired common stock of O-I Glass, Inc. (“O-I Glass” or the “Company”) (NYSE: OI) between March 14, 2025, to July 28, 2026, inclusive. You are hereby notified that the class action lawsuit Bryan v. O-I Glass, Inc., et al. (Case No. 3:26-cv-02849) has been commenced in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Ohio. To get more information go to: 

https://zlk.com/cases/o-i-glass-inc-class-action-lawsuit-oi

or contact Joseph E. Levi, Esq. either via email at [email protected] or by telephone at (212) 363-7500. There is no cost or obligation to you.

According to the complaint, defendants provided overwhelmingly positive statements to investors while, at the same time, disseminating materially false and misleading statements and/or concealing material facts concerning the true state of O-I Glass’ Fit to Win program, including the delay in achieving its targeted cost savings, higher than expected expenses, operational disruptions that materially offset Fit to Win benefits, and continued competitive and energy-cost pressures affecting its European operations.

On July 28, 2026, O-I Glass announced its second quarter 2026 financial results, substantially reducing its 2026 adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow guidance and realigning its 2027 Investor Day financial targets.

On this news, the price of O-I Glass’ common stock declined from a closing market price of $9.06 per share on July 28, 2026, O-I Glass’ stock price fell to $7.70 per share on July 29, 2026, a decline of about 15%.

“Our firm is committed to ensuring that investors receive full compensation for losses caused by corporate misrepresentations,” said Joseph E. Levi, a partner at Levi & Korsinsky. “We encourage OI shareholders to step forward before the December 28, 2026 deadline so we can pursue justice on their behalf.”

If you suffered a loss in OI common stock, you have until December 28, 2026 to request that the Court appoint you as lead plaintiff. Your ability to share in any recovery doesn’t require that you serve as a lead plaintiff.

WHY LEVI & KORSINSKY: Over the past 20 years, the team at Levi & Korsinsky has secured hundreds of millions of dollars for aggrieved shareholders and built a track record of winning high-stakes cases. Our firm has extensive expertise representing investors in complex securities litigation and a team of over 70 employees to serve our clients. For seven years in a row, Levi & Korsinsky has ranked in ISS Securities Class Action Services’ Top 50 Report as one of the top securities litigation firms in the United States.

CONTACT:
Levi & Korsinsky, LLP
Joseph E. Levi, Esq.
Ed Korsinsky, Esq.
33 Whitehall Street, 27th Floor
New York, NY 10004
[email protected]
Tel: (212) 363-7500
Fax: (212) 363-7171
www.zlk.com
2026-10-30 00:01 2d ago
2026-10-29 19:01 2d ago
Cousins Properties (CUZ) Q3 Earnings: Taking a Look at Key Metrics Versus Estimates
CUZ Cousins Propertiesorporated
FMP Stock News
Original source text
For the quarter ended September 2026, Cousins Properties (CUZ - Free Report) reported revenue of $257.31 million, up 4.4% over the same period last year. EPS came in at $0.75, compared to $0.05 in the year-ago quarter.

The reported revenue compares to the Zacks Consensus Estimate of $258.7 million, representing a surprise of -0.54%. The company delivered an EPS surprise of +2.74%, with the consensus EPS estimate being $0.73.

While investors scrutinize revenue and earnings changes year-over-year and how they compare with Wall Street expectations to determine their next move, some key metrics always offer a more accurate picture of a company's financial health.

Since these metrics play a crucial role in driving the top- and bottom-line numbers, comparing them with the year-ago numbers and what analysts estimated about them helps investors better project a stock's price performance.

Here is how Cousins Properties performed in the just reported quarter in terms of the metrics most widely monitored and projected by Wall Street analysts:

Revenues- Other: $0.67 million compared to the $0.8 million average estimate based on two analysts. The reported number represents a change of -50.3% year over year.Revenues- Rental property: $257.31 million compared to the $261.28 million average estimate based on two analysts. The reported number represents a change of +4.4% year over year.Revenues- Fee income: $1.44 million versus the two-analyst average estimate of $0.58 million. The reported number represents a year-over-year change of +173.6%.Net Earnings per Share (Diluted): $0.10 versus the two-analyst average estimate of $0.10.View all Key Company Metrics for Cousins Properties here>>>

Shares of Cousins Properties have returned +3.2% over the past month versus the Zacks S&P 500 composite's +0.9% change. The stock currently has a Zacks Rank #3 (Hold), indicating that it could perform in line with the broader market in the near term.
2026-10-30 00:01 2d ago
2026-10-29 18:16 2d ago
Duolingo Shareholder Alert: ClaimsFiler Reminds Investors With Losses In Excess Of $100,000 Of Lead Plaintiff Deadline In Class Action Lawsuit Against Duolingo, Inc. - DUOL
DUOL Duolingo
FMP Stock News
Original source text
NEW ORLEANS, Oct. 29, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- ClaimsFiler, a FREE shareholder information service, reminds investors that they have until December 7, 2026 to file lead plaintiff applications in a securities class action lawsuit against Duolingo, Inc. (“Duolingo” or the “Company”) (NasdaqGS: DUOL), if they purchased Duolingo, Inc. Class A common stock between May 2, 2025 and February 26, 2026, inclusive (the “Class Period”). This action is pending in the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania.

Get Help

Duolingo investors should visit us at https://claimsfiler.com/cases/nasdaq-duol/ or call toll-free (833) 538-3601. Lawyers at Kahn Swick & Foti, LLC are available to discuss your legal options.

About the Lawsuit

Duolingo and certain of its executives are charged with failing to disclose material information during the Class Period, violating federal securities laws.

Specifically, the lawsuit alleges that Defendants failed to disclose to investors that: (i) Duolingo was deliberately adding friction to the user experience, through sharply increased ad volume, upselling of subscription tiers, and declining product quality, which Defendants knew would drive users away from the app and ultimately slow Daily Active User (“DAU”) growth; (ii) Duolingo’s extensive A/B testing showed Defendants that added friction in the free user experience was hurting DAU growth; (iii) Duolingo’s rapidly produced AI content was degrading its product offerings, harming the user experience and user trends, and putting the sustainability of Duolingo’s financial performance at risk; and (iv) rather than fueling sustained growth and strong user momentum through content and “product improvements” that “get improved retention,” Duolingo’s monetization push and lower-quality AI content were, as its ongoing A/B testing revealed, eroding both the product experience and the value of its subscription tiers.

The case is City of Dearborn Heights Act 345 Police & Fire Retirement System v. Duolingo, Inc., No. 26-cv-02199.

About ClaimsFiler

ClaimsFiler has a single mission: to serve as the information source to help retail investors recover their share of billions of dollars from securities class action settlements. At ClaimsFiler.com, investors can: (1) register for free to gain access to information and settlement websites for various securities class action cases so they can timely submit their own claims; (2) upload their portfolio transactional data to be notified about relevant securities cases in which they may have a financial interest; and (3) submit inquiries to the Kahn Swick & Foti, LLC law firm for free case evaluations.

To learn more about ClaimsFiler, visit www.claimsfiler.com.
2026-10-30 00:01 2d ago
2026-10-29 19:29 2d ago
Duolingo, Inc. Sued for Securities Law Violations - Contact the DJS Law Group to Discuss Your Rights - DUOL
DUOL Duolingo
FMP Stock News
Original source text
, /PRNewswire/ -- The DJS Law Group reminds investors of a class action lawsuit against Duolingo, Inc. ("Duolingo" or "the Company") (NASDAQ: DUOL) for violations of §§10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Shareholders who purchased shares of DUOL during the class period listed are encouraged to contact the firm regarding possible lead plaintiff appointments. Appointment as lead plaintiff is not required to partake in any recovery.

CLASS PERIOD: May 2, 2025 to February 26, 2026

DEADLINE: December 7, 2026

CASE DETAILS: According to the Complaint, the Company made false and misleading statements to the market. Duolingo's increased user friction was likely to negatively impact  Daily Active User ("DAU") growth rates. The Company's usage of poor quality AI-generated content also damaged its growth prospects. Based on these facts, Coastal's public statements were false and materially misleading throughout the class period.

If you are a shareholder who suffered a loss, contact us to participate.

WHY DJS LAW GROUP? DJS Law Group's primary focus is to enhance investor return through balanced counseling and aggressive advocacy. We specialize in securities class actions, corporate governance litigation, and domestic/international M&A appraisals. Our clients are some of the largest and most sophisticated hedge funds and alternative asset managers in the world. The litigation claims of our clients are extraordinarily valuable assets that demand respect, focus, and results.

Join the case to recover your losses.

This press release may be considered Attorney Advertising in some jurisdictions under the applicable law and rules of ethics.

CONTACT:
David J. Schwartz
DJS Law Group
274 White Plains Road, Suite 1
Eastchester, NY 10709
Phone: 914-206-9742
Email: [email protected]

SOURCE DJS Law Group LLP
2026-10-30 00:00 2d ago
2026-10-29 17:33 2d ago
OSI Systems Q1 2027 Earnings Call Transcript
OSIS OSI Systems
FMP Stock News
Original source text
OSI Systems (NASDAQ:OSIS) reported first-quarter financial results on Thursday. The transcript from the company’s first-quarter earnings call has been provided below.

This transcript is brought to you by Benzinga APIs. For real-time access to our entire catalog, please visit https://www.benzinga.com/apis/ for a consultation.

View the webcast at https://edge.media-server.com/mmc/p/is4uhhvw/

SummaryOSI Systems, Inc. reported a record Q1 revenue of $403 million, a 5% increase year-over-year, with adjusted EPS reaching $1.66, a 17% rise.

The company achieved a strong book-to-bill ratio of 1.4, increasing its backlog to a record $2.1 billion, supported by significant contracts in the Security division.

Despite geopolitical challenges, especially in the Middle East, OSI Systems maintained its fiscal 2027 revenue guidance and raised its non-GAAP EPS guidance due to favorable impacts from share repurchases.

The Security division saw a 4% revenue increase, while Optoelectronics grew 9%, with Healthcare facing a 14% decline due to reduced patient monitoring sales.

Strategic focus areas include expanding service revenue, winning significant contracts, and preparing for the LA28 Olympic Games, with a long-term goal of margin expansion.

Operating cash flow more than doubled from the previous year to $37 million, with free cash flow exceeding net income.

Management remains cautious yet optimistic given the current high backlog and opportunities for future security contracts.

Full TranscriptOPERATOR

Good day and thank you for standing by. Welcome to the OSI Systems, Inc. first quarter fiscal 2027 earnings conference call. At this time all participants are in a listen-only mode. After the speaker’s presentation, there will be a question-and-answer session. To ask a question during this session you will need to press star 11 on your telephone. You will then hear an automated message advising your hand is raised. To withdraw your question, please press star 11 again.

Please be advised that today’s conference is being recorded. I would now like to hand the conference over to your speaker today, Allen Edrick, Chief Financial Officer. Sir, please go ahead.

Alan Edrick (Chief Financial Officer)

Well, thank you. Good afternoon and thank you for joining us. I’m Alan Edrick, Executive Vice President and CFO of OSI Systems and I’m here today with AJ Mehra, OSI’s President and CEO. Welcome to the OSI Systems fiscal 2027 first quarter conference call. We are pleased that you can join us as we review our financial and our operational results. Today’s discussion will include forward-looking statements and the company wishes to take advantage of the safe harbor provision of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 with respect to such statements. All forward-looking statements made in this call are based on currently available information and the company undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement based on subsequent events or new information or otherwise.

We will also reference both GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures. Applicable reconciliations are available in today’s earnings release. On our August call we told you three things about fiscal 2027: that we had built our guidance factoring in the situation in the Middle East, that we expected growth to be strongest in the second half, and that we expected free cash flow to exceed net income. These three factors will frame our discussion this quarter. First quarter revenues were 403 million, representing a Q1 record, up 5% year over year, and adjusted earnings per diluted share grew to a first quarter record of $1.66, up 17% year over year.

Operating cash flow at 37 million, more than double the same prior year quarter, and free cash flow, which is operating cash flow less capital expenditures, was approximately 30 million, about 120% of GAAP net income. Q1 bookings were strong, our book-to-bill ratio was 1.4, and our backlog increased to a record 2.1 billion from approximately 1.9 billion at June 30th. I also want to be direct about certain reported figures for the first fiscal quarter. A meaningful part of our EPS growth this quarter came from below the operating line with lower net interest expense and a lower share count, and I’ll quantify those for you later in this call. Margins were impacted by a revenue decline in the Healthcare division and the mix of revenues in Security, both of which AJ and I will address. But before diving more deeply into our financial results and discussing our outlook for fiscal 2027, I’m going to turn the call over to A.J.

AJ Mehra (President and Chief Executive Officer)

Thank you, Alan, and thanks to all of you for joining us today. As Alan mentioned, we achieved record fiscal first quarter revenues and earnings per share. Order activity was strong, resulting in a book-to-bill ratio of 1.4, which increased our backlog to a record 2.1 billion. The first quarter played out largely as we outlined on our last call. Bookings were strong, backlog grew to a new all-time high, and we remain on track for a stronger second half of fiscal 2027.

Now let me turn to our three divisions starting with Security. Q1 revenues were 264 million, up 4% year over year. Despite a challenging geopolitical environment, including the conflict in the Middle East which continues to affect activity in the region, we continue to work closely with our customers there to support their ongoing needs. As anticipated, the transition of our Mexico program affected year-over-year comparisons consistent with our initial fiscal 2027 outlook.

That said, Security’s bookings were strong and the division ended the quarter with a record backlog. Let me share a few highlights from the quarter. During the quarter we announced two five-year IDIQ contracts awarded by U.S. Customs and Border Protection, one with a ceiling of approximately 200 million for our relocatable Rapiscan Passenger Vehicle Inspection systems and a second with a ceiling of about 85 million for van-mounted mobile X-ray inspection systems. We have received initial delivery orders totaling approximately 21 million under these contracts and expect more orders as we start delivering.

To be clear, only firm orders rather than ceiling values are included in our backlog figures. Our RF business is performing exceptionally well. We continue to execute on our Homeland Defense over-the-horizon radar contract that was awarded last fiscal year, which has a not-to-exceed value of approximately 235 million and is our largest RF award to date. Together with our participation in the SHIELD IDIQ which supports a number of Golden Dome-related initiatives, this award positions us well to compete for additional contracts in the future.

In Q1 we announced further bookings in this business line totaling approximately 90 million. Also, customer engagement across our RF portfolio remains at very high levels. Growing recurring revenues remains a priority. We continue to expect strong double-digit service revenue growth in fiscal 2027, with growth accelerating throughout the year. Given the size of our installed base, we expect service to become a larger part of our revenue mix over time, which should support margin expansion. While Security margins can vary from quarter to quarter with product and program mix, our long-term objective continues to focus on pairing growth with margin expansion as higher-margin service revenue becomes a larger part of our business.

We are also preparing for our role as official physical screening and security technology hardware and software solutions provider of the LA28 Olympic and Paralympic Games and an official supporter of Team USA. This is expected to be the largest sporting event in history. Furthermore, our experience at the FIFA World Cup, the Paris Olympics, and the Milan Winter Olympics, among many other global events, is vital to our success here, and we also see LA28 as a platform to showcase our offerings and compete for future large venue and event security opportunities.

Turning to our Optoelectronics and Manufacturing division, Opto delivered another strong quarter. Revenues including intercompany sales were at a first fiscal quarter record of 120 million, up 9% year over year, with sales to third-party customers up even higher at 16% year over year. During the quarter, revenue growth was paired with operating margin expansion. Bookings were robust across our EMS, flex circuit, and optoelectronics product lines, and the division closed the quarter with its highest quarter-end backlog.

Our long-standing OEM relationships, vertically integrated model, customized offerings, and global manufacturing footprint across North America, Europe, and Southeast Asia continue to serve customers well in aerospace, defense, healthcare, and industrial markets, particularly as they further diversify their supply chains. Finally, Healthcare faced a challenging quarter. Revenue declined 14% year over year primarily due to lower patient monitoring sales. As hospitals continue to manage capital spending carefully, we remain focused on supporting our installed base, improving operational efficiency, and completing the development of our next-generation monitoring platform. We expect Healthcare to return to growth in the upcoming quarters.

In summary, our demand remains robust with a 1.4 book-to-bill ratio, a well-diversified 2.1 billion backlog, established CBP contract vehicles, promising additional U.S. government opportunities, a growing RF pipeline, and continued expansion in our Optoelectronics division. Looking forward, we are focused on disciplined execution, converting our backlog into revenue, improving Healthcare, and driving margin expansion across our business. I want to thank our employees, customers, and stockholders for their continued support.

With that, I will turn the call back over to Alan to discuss our financial results and updated fiscal 2027 guidance in more detail before we open the call. Questions? Thank you.

Alan Edrick (Chief Financial Officer)

Thank you, AJ, so let’s begin with our revenue performance. Product revenues grew 5% year over year to 290 million and service revenues grew 4% to 114 million. By division, as AJ mentioned, Opto grew 9% including intersegment sales and 16% to external third-party customers. Security grew 4% and healthcare declined 14%. We said on the last call that we expected the Mexico program transition would be a headwind of less than 25 million in fiscal 27, concentrated in the first half. In the first quarter that headwind was approximately 8 million, consistent with that outlook, and we anticipate in Q2 this amount to be approximately 11 million. And although service revenue growth was modest in Q1 but in line with our expectations, as AJ said, we expect strong double-digit growth in fiscal 27 service revenues led by the Security division, driven by a significant number of products rolling off warranty, aviation service, SaaS, and increasing RF business, among other items.

Our Q1 fiscal 27 gross margin was 30.7% compared to 32.0% in the first quarter of last year. The variance was primarily driven by the decline in healthcare division sales, which carry the highest gross margin of our three divisions. In addition, the strength of Opto division sales, which carry the lowest gross margin of the three divisions—though operating margins are solid—impacted us, and a less favorable mix of revenues this quarter within the Security division.

As we noted in the past, our margins can fluctuate based on product and service mix, volume, supply chain costs, foreign exchange, tariffs, and other factors. We expect gross margin to increase over the balance of the year on higher overall revenues, including greater growth in higher-margin service revenues. Moving on to operating expenses, we continue to work diligently across all divisions to manage our SG&A cost structure efficiently. In Q1, SG&A was $69 million or 17.0% of sales, compared with 17.4% of sales a year ago. R&D expenses in Q1 were 19.4 million or 4.8% of revenue. We continue to invest substantial resources consistent with our commitment to innovation and positioning OSI Systems well for the future. Total operating expenses, excluding restructuring and other costs, declined to 21.8% of sales in Q1 this year from 22.7% in the same quarter of the prior year.

Now moving below the operating line, interest and other expenses in fiscal Q1 were $3.3 million compared with 7.4 million in the same quarter of the prior year. This 4.1 million improvement was primarily due to reduced borrowing costs coupled with increased investment income on higher cash and short-term investment balances. Our effective tax rate under GAAP was 18.8% in Q1 of fiscal 27 compared to 19.9% in Q1 last year. Excluding discrete items, the normalized effective tax rate, which is the rate we use in calculating non-GAAP EPS, was 22.9% in Q1 compared to 23.3% in the same prior-year quarter.

On a non-GAAP basis, our Q1 fiscal 27 adjusted operating margin was 9.5% compared to 10.3% in the prior year. First fiscal quarter by division, non-GAAP operating margin was 12.6% in Security, 12.1% in Opto, and negative 1.8% in healthcare. While we saw adjusted operating margin expansion in the Opto division, the operating loss in the healthcare division and less favorable Security division mix drove the consolidated change. We anticipate stronger operating margins for the balance of fiscal 27 in each division and for OSI overall.

Moving to cash flow and the balance sheet, we generated $37 million of operating cash flow in Q1 this year compared to 17 million in last year’s Q1. Accounts receivable at September 30 were 18 million lower than at June 30, given Q1 revenues are historically lighter than Q4, while unbilled receivables rose 34 million as we recognized revenue on certain Security contracts ahead of billing milestones. The receivable balance from our largest customer in Mexico slightly declined from June to September as collections modestly outpaced revenue following significant Q4 collections.

We continue to expect this receivable to decrease significantly by the end of fiscal 27, contributing to expected strong annual free cash flow. Inventories increased $48 million during the quarter to $463 million to support strong second-half scheduled deliveries from our backlog. Capex in the first quarter was 7.7 million, while depreciation and amortization in the quarter was 9.0 million. During Q1 we repurchased approximately 306,000 shares at an average price of about $204 for approximately $62 million. Our board in August increased the authorization for stock repurchases by an additional 1,000,000 shares, and at the end of Q1 approximately 773,000 shares were available under the repurchase program. Our priorities remain organic investment, strategic acquisitions, opportunistic repurchases, and maintaining a strong balance sheet.

Q1 diluted shares were 16.3 million compared with 17.5 million a year ago, a 7% reduction reflecting the repurchase and retirement of shares over the past year. Our balance sheet remains solid, providing us with significant flexibility. We ended the quarter with $236 million in cash and cash equivalents and $66 million in short-term investments, approximately $302 million in total, with total debt of approximately $1.0 billion and no amounts drawn under our bank lines of credit.

With the capital returned to shareholders during Q1 through stock buybacks, net leverage under our credit agreement was approximately 2.3. Over 90% of our debt is at fixed rates, which limits our borrowing cost sensitivity to higher short-term interest rates. Now turning to our guidance, we are raising our fiscal 2027 non-GAAP EPS guidance while reaffirming our fiscal 27 revenue guidance of 1.875 billion to 1.930 billion. We now expect non-GAAP EPS of $11.28 to $11.64, representing 9% to 12.5% year over year growth. The expected increase primarily reflects the favorable impact to EPS of stock repurchases made in Q1. As we said in August, we continue to expect revenue growth to be strongest in the second half of the fiscal year.

We expect second quarter revenues to be modestly down year over year as Q2 represents the toughest Middle East comp, with sizable revenues in the prior-year period before the conflicts began, along with the Mexico impact previously discussed. H2 revenue growth is underpinned by the timing of the expected conversion of our sizable backlog and a healthy funnel of new opportunities, coupled with a significant year over year growth expected in Security service revenues that we have previously discussed.

We also continue to expect free cash flow to exceed net income for the full fiscal year. Our guidance excludes potential impairment, restructuring and other costs, amortization of acquired intangible assets and their associated tax effects, and discrete tax and other nonrecurring items. Actual results could vary from guidance due to the timing of backlog conversion, new bookings, cash collections, tariffs, the conflicts in the Middle East, U.S. Government funding and procurement timing, interest rates, and supply chain disruptions, among other factors discussed in our SEC filings.

In summary, we began fiscal 27 with record first quarter revenues, strong bookings, a record backlog, and cash generation running ahead of last year. We thank the entire global OSI team for their dedication, and at this time we’d like to open the call to questions.

OPERATOR

Thank you. As a reminder, to ask a question, please press star-1-1 on your telephone and wait for your name to be announced. To withdraw your question, please press star-1-1 again. One moment while we compile our Q&A roster. Our first question is going to come from the line of Josh Nichols with B. Riley Securities. Your line is open. Please go ahead.

Josh Nichols (Analyst)

Yeah, thanks for taking my question, and great to see the backlog well above 2 billion for the first time with a strong book-to-bill, EPS obviously moving up higher. I know you’re reiterating the top-line revenue guidance, but just with the backlog increase, I was just curious, is part of that just being some conservatism given that there’s already a second half weighting to the outlook? Or is this something that you think these new orders that you got are really just going to increase visibility for the company when you think about, like, fiscal 28, 29, and the timing of those deliveries?

Alan Edrick (Chief Financial Officer)

Josh, this is Alan. Great question, and we’re really pleased with the record level of backlog that we have. Going into our guidance, with still conflicts going on in the Middle East and other geopolitical events, we just thought it prudent to maintain that revenue guidance at this time. Surely there is upside, and it sets us up quite nicely as we enter fiscal 28 and beyond as well.

Josh Nichols (Analyst)

Yep. And then just for a little bit more context, I’m guessing probably not, but was any of those Middle East orders that caused the one-time hiccup in last quarter, was any of that shipped, or are you still expecting that to come in in the second half? And is there anything else big that you guys have been working on that you expect may come to fruition in terms of the order pipeline generally?

Alan Edrick (Chief Financial Officer)

Yeah. Another good question, Josh. It’s Alan. We mentioned last time there was roughly 50 million pushed out of our fourth quarter. During our Q1 we shipped and recognized revenue of about 8 million of that. I think last time we said we expected the balance to mostly be in the second half of this year and even into fiscal 28, and that’s still currently our expectation.

AJ Mehra (President and Chief Executive Officer)

Yeah. This is AJ. Just to add on, in terms of orders, even with the Middle East situation, we had a great book-to-bill ratio. Orders are materializing at other places, and as I said, I think previously as well, as hopefully when the conflict ends, usually in the long run it’s an opportunity for us to get a lot more orders as people become more and more conscious of security around infrastructure and military facilities.

Josh Nichols (Analyst)

Yeah, I appreciate that. That’s a good point we’re taking note of. I’ll jump back in the queue, let someone else take a turn. Appreciate it. Thanks, guys. Good to see the progress here.

OPERATOR

Thank you. Thank you, and one moment for our next question. Our next question will come from the line of John Godden with Citigroup. Your line is open. Please go ahead.

John Godden (Analyst)

Hey guys, thanks for taking my question. I wanted to just talk a little bit about, or hope you can elaborate a little bit on, what’s going on with services revenues. I think everybody is excited on the growth there, what it means for margins over time. It seems like there is a little bit of a blip, but you guys are confident that that mix is going to improve through the balance of the year in the Security division? Any color you could provide would be great.

Alan Edrick (Chief Financial Officer)

Sure. John, this is Alan. Good question. Yeah. While our service revenue growth was modest at around 5% in Q1, we see a significant pickup year over year in each of Q2, Q3, and Q4. And that’s really underpinned by looking at the rollout of our products that we’ve installed coming off of warranty—that’s a big part of it—some of the aviation service revenue that we’re doing, some of the SaaS revenue, such as SIR Scan, some increasing revenue with our RF business, and some various other items.

So we actually have some very good visibility into the service revenue growth, which gives us a high degree of confidence for that strong double-digit growth in service revenue commencing really this quarter in Q2 and getting even stronger in the second half.

John Godden (Analyst)

Got it. Great. That’s very helpful. And if I could ask one more on the Middle East, you know, just reflecting what’s out there in the news. You know, there is this concern of an escalation after the midterms. I just was hoping to think through that with you guys. If there was a dramatic escalation event, how might that impact your thinking? How might you guide investors to kind of think through the impact on the business?

AJ Mehra (President and Chief Executive Officer)

So I think, you know, as I said, in the long run, obviously any, unfortunately, any conflict does benefit us with increased security requirements. I think in the, you know, we’ve taken into account as much as possible what we think is going to happen. But obviously we don’t have a crystal ball like anybody else. So we’ll wait and see. But from what we know right now, we feel confident in what we think is going to happen over the next three quarters.

OPERATOR

Thank you. And one moment for our next question. Our next question will come from the line of Christopher Glynn with Oppenheimer and Company. Your line is open. Please go ahead.

Christopher Glynn (Analyst)

Hey, thanks. Good afternoon, guys. Want to ask a little bit about the RF business. You talked about growing RF pipeline and notwithstanding the large bookings you’ve had, you know, I know there’s a lot of classified work you do there, but curious if you could talk about the competitive landscape a little bit more about the differentiation that’s winning, how unique is the offering and how dependent are the CERB programs on you guys? Singularly.

AJ Mehra (President and Chief Executive Officer)

So this is AJ. You know, as we said previously, you know, it’s the kind of business we’re pretty restricted what we can say or not say. But I will tell you that our offerings are regarded very favorably by customers. We have some very unique products that others do not have. And, you know, in certain areas, we definitely do dominate the market. So I think that without getting into specifics, we feel very good about our prospects going forward. And as I said in my prepared remarks, we are definitely very much talking to customers and discussing opportunities as we move forward.

Christopher Glynn (Analyst)

Great. And just in terms of those large orders, the 235 and the 90 million, curious how that’s pacing to orders. I think it’s a little more upfront than the CBP orders, but just kind of curious.

Alan Edrick (Chief Financial Officer)

Chris, this is Alan. Yeah, so exciting for us. We are recognizing revenue on that $235 million contract as we speak. So we saw some nice revenues for that in Q1 and we’ll continue to see it through the balance of this fiscal year. The new orders that we got for $90 million, we’ll see some contribution this year and more contributions in out years as well. Gives us great visibility in 27 and beyond.

Christopher Glynn (Analyst)

Okay, great. Thanks very much. I’ll move it along.

OPERATOR

Thank you. And one moment for our next question. Our next question will come from the line of Larry Solow with CJS Securities. Your line is open. Please go ahead.

Larry Solow (Analyst)

Great. Good afternoon. I guess a couple questions just on the backlog. Composition of the backlog. It sounds like most things are United US focused. Right. You got a couple of big orders in August and then the 90 million on the golden dome on the RF side. I guess that’s mostly us. We know no Middle East this year in your guidance on sales and I’m sure in bookings. But is the majority or vast majority of bookings you expect this year domestic or is there some international stuff in the queue or close in the queue?

AJ Mehra (President and Chief Executive Officer)

So this is A.J. Bear in mind that we do business in 150 countries, so international business we expect to continue. Obviously Middle East is a blip right now and hopefully that turns around and we have domestic orders as well. So it really depends on a quarter by quarter whether it’s domestic or international.

Larry Solow (Analyst)

All right. And I guess the other question I have really is more importantly just in the US. Is there any risk? We’re always looking over our shoulder on the Middle East and Iran. I’m just curious. The U.S., the reconciliation bill, reconciliation 3.0, I guess they call it, I guess after the midterms, that’s supposed to be hopefully hashed out before year end. But is there a funding risk, particularly on Golden Dome and maybe even. Because I don’t think.

I think that that’s a separate funding for them. Right. There’s no actual funding in the traditional appropriations there. So I’m just curious, is that something you guys are watching, particularly on Golden Dome? But just obviously we had a government shutdown last year that impacted stuff for quite a while. So any thoughts on that would be great.

AJ Mehra (President and Chief Executive Officer)

So a lot of this is out of our control, obviously. But keep in mind, with the big, beautiful bill, a lot of the funding for, you know, for DHS as well as the Golden Dome programs was already, you know, was already there. So that’ll continue. And we still waiting for CBP and others for that funding to be awarded. They’ve started the programs, but there’s still a long ways to go. So I think that, you know, really, from the original reconciliation bill, we’re still waiting for orders to be released.

I think that, you know, as far as the future is concerned, we feel, even on the RF business that a lot of the funding is already there. Obviously, everybody looks for future funding, so we’ll see what happens. But, you know, at this point, the programs we’re in, in the near term to short term, we feel pretty good.

Larry Solow (Analyst)

Okay, great. Lastly, just. Just from my take, just summarize it. It sounds like obviously Q1 is a light quarter and top line was fine. Mix was a little bit light. That hurt your margins a little bit. But it doesn’t sound like from an operating standpoint, much has really changed for your outlook this year. The increase in guidance is more because of your share buyback than anything else. Is that kind of fair to say?

Alan Edrick (Chief Financial Officer)

Yeah. Larry, this is Alan. That would be a fair statement at this point in time. Yes.

Larry Solow (Analyst)

Okay. All right, I’m all set then. Thanks. I appreciate it, guys.

OPERATOR

Thank you. And one moment for our next question, which will come from the line of Seth Seifman with JP Morgan. Your line is open. Please go ahead.

Seth Seifman (Analyst)

Thanks very much and good afternoon. I wonder, you gave us some helpful commentary about the revenue in Q2. Just so we’re all kind of properly calibrated in terms of how we get to the year, how do we think about the mix evolving in Q2? I think you mentioned a recovery in services growth and the degree of sequential margin expansion that we might think about.

Alan Edrick (Chief Financial Officer)

Yeah. Seth, this is Alan. So you’re correct. We tried to give some color for modeling purposes for Q2 that we give annual guidance. We do see service revenue accelerating meaningfully in Q2, probably that type of growth doubling, if not more than doubling in Q2 with continued acceleration in the second half of the year as well. So we would anticipate that will contribute nicely to expanding margins throughout the balance of the year.

Seth Seifman (Analyst)

Okay. And then maybe, I guess as you think about capital deployment, we saw some good share repurchase this quarter. Kind of the way that you think about that going forward, still with good cash on the balance sheet, nice conversion this year. Are there interesting things to look at in M and A right now? Is that part of the outlook? Is it kind of more focused on executing this kind of growing backlog that you have? And maybe we’ll see some more share repurchases.

Maybe just some updated thoughts on capital deployment.

AJ Mehra (President and Chief Executive Officer)

So this is A.J. We’re always looking at organic growth. That’s always our, you know, number one priority. And we think there are a lot of opportunities out there. So it’s not that, you know, we absolutely need an acquisition, but we obviously look at acquisitions. We’ve done them in the past. And we need to look at acquisition that’s strategic, that builds on our momentum and then really increases our market penetration or gives us some complementary markets that we’re going after.

And, you know, we’re always looking at all those opportunities. Think about share, you know, repurchases. So there’s no set rule here or there, but we look at all three opportunities, and we still are.

Seth Seifman (Analyst)

Okay, excellent. Thank you very much.

OPERATOR

Thank you. And as a reminder to ask a question, please press star 11 on your telephone. And our next question will come from the line of Jeff Martin with ROTH Capital Partners. Your line is open. Please go ahead.

Jeff Martin (Analyst)

Thanks. Good afternoon. AJ and Alan, wanted to dig into how you’re thinking about future investment in the RF business with the success that you’re having. I know that you built out overseas manufacturing. Do we have significant capacity at this point, or are you going to have to look to expand capacity? And then could you also touch on either R and D or future investment further in RF business?

AJ Mehra (President and Chief Executive Officer)

So, you know, great question, and obviously we want to make sure, and I’ll address the R and D first, that, you know, we start and keep on investing in future products. You obviously want to invest when times are good. And we’re actively looking at opportunities there. In terms of expansion, I think we mentioned before we moved into a new facility, we’ve actually moved into a second new facility. We feel that we have a very robust pipeline that we can meet with the current requirements that we have.

And we can always go into a second shift if needed. And as we actively talk to customers, that’s one of the things we’re able to demonstrate that, yes, we have the ability to get more orders and grow and get them in in a timely manner. And really, if necessary, it’s the kind of business that if you have to add another facility, it will be fairly straightforward for us to do.

Jeff Martin (Analyst)

Great. I think that’s the first time I’ve gotten a great question out of you, A.J. Thank you. That’s all I had.

OPERATOR

Thank you. And I’m showing no further questions at this time. And I would like to hand the conference back over to AJ for any closing remarks.

AJ Mehra (President and Chief Executive Officer)

Once again, thank you all for joining our call. We look forward to speaking with you during our next earnings call following the completion of our fiscal 2027 second quarter. And hopefully all of you have an upcoming great holiday season. Thank you very much.

OPERATOR

This concludes today’s conference call. Thank you for participating, and you may now disconnect. Everyone, have a great day.

Disclaimer: This transcript is provided for informational purposes only. While we strive for accuracy, there may be errors or omissions in this automated transcription. For official company statements and financial information, please refer to the company’s SEC filings and official press releases. Corporate participants’ and analysts’ statements reflect their views as of the date of this call and are subject to change without notice.

© 2026 Benzinga.com. Benzinga does not provide investment advice. All rights reserved.
2026-10-30 00:00 2d ago
2026-10-29 18:15 2d ago
What OSI Systems (OSIS) Said on Its Q1 Earnings Call
OSIS OSI Systems
FMP Stock News
Original source text
OSI Systems NASDAQ: OSIS reported record first-quarter revenue and adjusted earnings per share for fiscal 2027, while bookings lifted backlog to a record $2.1 billion. The company raised its full-year non-GAAP earnings outlook but maintained its revenue forecast, citing geopolitical uncertainty and an expectation that growth will be weighted toward the second half of the fiscal year.

First-quarter revenue rose 5% year over year to $403 million, while adjusted diluted earnings per share increased 17% to $1.66. Operating cash flow more than doubled to $37 million, and free cash flow was about $30 million, or roughly 120% of GAAP net income, according to Chief Financial Officer Alan Edrick.

Get OSI Systems alerts:

Quarterly bookings produced a 1.4 book-to-bill ratio, increasing backlog from approximately $1.9 billion at the end of June to $2.1 billion at the end of September. Edrick said the company believes its backlog provides support for fiscal 2028 and beyond, though management retained its existing revenue outlook because of continuing conflict in the Middle East and other geopolitical factors.

Guidance Raised on Share Repurchases
OSI reaffirmed fiscal 2027 revenue guidance of $1.875 billion to $1.930 billion. It raised its non-GAAP EPS forecast to a range of $11.28 to $11.64, representing expected year-over-year growth of 9% to 12.5%.

Edrick said the higher earnings outlook primarily reflects the favorable EPS impact of first-quarter stock repurchases. During the quarter, OSI repurchased about 306,000 shares at an average price of approximately $204 per share, spending roughly $62 million. Diluted shares outstanding fell 7% year over year to 16.3 million.

The company expects second-quarter revenue to be modestly lower than the prior-year period. Management cited a difficult Middle East comparison, as the prior-year quarter included sizable regional revenue before conflicts began, as well as the ongoing transition of the company’s Mexico program.

The Mexico transition reduced first-quarter revenue by approximately $8 million, consistent with the company’s prior outlook for a fiscal-year headwind of less than $25 million. OSI expects an approximately $11 million impact in the second quarter. Management continues to expect the strongest revenue growth in the second half, supported by backlog conversion, new opportunities and faster Security service-revenue growth.

Security Backlog and RF Opportunities
Security division revenue increased 4% to $264 million despite the Middle East environment and the Mexico program transition. The division ended the quarter with record backlog, according to President and CEO Ajay Mehra.

During the quarter, the company announced two five-year indefinite-delivery, indefinite-quantity contracts from U.S. Customs and Border Protection. One contract has a ceiling of approximately $200 million for relocatable Rapiscan passenger vehicle inspection systems, while another has a ceiling of about $85 million for van-mounted mobile X-ray inspection systems. Initial delivery orders totaled approximately $21 million. Mehra noted that only firm orders, rather than total contract ceiling values, are included in backlog.

OSI’s RF business also continued to contribute to bookings and revenue. The company is executing on its homeland defense over-the-horizon radar contract, which has a not-to-exceed value of approximately $235 million and is the company’s largest RF award to date. Management said it recognized some revenue from that contract during the first quarter and expects continued contributions through the fiscal year.

The company also announced approximately $90 million in additional RF bookings during the quarter. Mehra said OSI has products that are viewed favorably by customers and are unique in certain areas, though he said the company is limited in what it can disclose about the business. He added that the company has expanded into two new facilities and believes it has sufficient capacity to support its current RF pipeline, with the ability to add shifts or another facility if needed.

Margins Affected by Mix and Healthcare Decline
First-quarter gross margin declined to 30.7% from 32.0% a year earlier. Edrick attributed the decline primarily to lower Healthcare sales, which carry the company’s highest gross margin, as well as stronger Optoelectronics sales, which have the lowest gross margin among OSI’s divisions, and a less favorable mix within Security.

Non-GAAP operating margin was 9.5%, compared with 10.3% a year earlier. By division, non-GAAP operating margins were 12.6% in Security, 12.1% in Optoelectronics and negative 1.8% in Healthcare.

Healthcare revenue fell 14% year over year, driven mainly by lower patient-monitoring sales as hospitals continued to manage capital spending carefully. Mehra said the company is working to support its installed base, improve operating efficiency and complete development of its next-generation monitoring platform. OSI expects the division to return to growth in upcoming quarters.

Optoelectronics and Manufacturing revenue, including intercompany sales, rose 9% to a first-quarter record of $120 million. Sales to third-party customers increased 16%. The division recorded operating-margin expansion and ended the quarter with its highest backlog, supported by demand across electronic manufacturing services, flex circuits and optoelectronics products.

Service Growth Expected to Accelerate
Service revenue increased 4% to $114 million in the first quarter, but management expects strong double-digit service growth for the full year, led by the Security segment. Edrick said growth should accelerate beginning in the second quarter as products roll off warranty and as aviation services, software-as-a-service offerings, RF activity and other service streams expand.

The company expects higher service revenue, generally viewed by management as a higher-margin source of sales, to contribute to margin expansion through the balance of fiscal 2027. OSI also reiterated its expectation that full-year free cash flow will exceed net income.

At quarter-end, OSI had approximately $236 million of cash and cash equivalents and $66 million of short-term investments, against about $1.0 billion of total debt. More than 90% of its debt was at fixed rates, Edrick said.

About OSI Systems (NASDAQ:OSIS)OSI Systems, Inc is a vertically integrated technology company that designs and manufactures specialized electronic systems and components for security, healthcare and aerospace and defense applications. Headquartered in Hawthorne, California, the company serves government agencies, transportation authorities, hospitals and commercial customers in the United States and international markets.

Through its security division, OSI Systems provides inspection and screening systems used at airports, borders, ports and other facilities.

This instant news alert was generated by narrative science technology and financial data from MarketBeat in order to provide readers with the fastest reporting and unbiased coverage. Please send any questions or comments about this story to [email protected].

Should You Invest $1,000 in OSI Systems Right Now?Before you consider OSI Systems, you'll want to hear this.

MarketBeat keeps track of Wall Street's top-rated and best performing research analysts and the stocks they recommend to their clients on a daily basis. MarketBeat has identified the five stocks that top analysts are quietly whispering to their clients to buy now before the broader market catches on... and OSI Systems wasn't on the list.

While OSI Systems currently has a Moderate Buy rating among analysts, top-rated analysts believe these five stocks are better buys.

View The Five Stocks Here

Nuclear energy is entering a new growth cycle as rising power demand, expanding data centers, and renewed policy support bring the sector back into focus. After strong gains in recent years, the most impactful phase of nuclear investment may still be ahead. This report highlights seven nuclear energy stocks positioned across the value chain—combining near-term revenue with long-term upside as next-generation technologies scale. Click the link below to unlock the full list.

Get This Free Report

Continue following MarketBeat

Add MarketBeat as your preferred source on Google to see our latest stories in your feed.
2026-10-30 00:00 2d ago
2026-10-29 19:31 2d ago
Compared to Estimates, OSI (OSIS) Q1 Earnings: A Look at Key Metrics
OSIS OSI Systems
FMP Stock News
Original source text
OSI Systems (OSIS - Free Report) reported $403.47 million in revenue for the quarter ended September 2026, representing a year-over-year increase of 4.9%. EPS of $1.66 for the same period compares to $1.42 a year ago.

The reported revenue represents a surprise of +1.54% over the Zacks Consensus Estimate of $397.34 million. With the consensus EPS estimate being $1.64, the EPS surprise was +1.22%.

While investors scrutinize revenue and earnings changes year-over-year and how they compare with Wall Street expectations to determine their next move, some key metrics always offer a more accurate picture of a company's financial health.

As these metrics influence top- and bottom-line performance, comparing them to the year-ago numbers and what analysts estimated helps investors project a stock's price performance more accurately.

Here is how OSI performed in the just reported quarter in terms of the metrics most widely monitored and projected by Wall Street analysts:

Revenues- Healthcare division: $40.74 million compared to the $41.1 million average estimate based on three analysts. The reported number represents a change of 0% year over year.Revenues- Intersegment eliminations: $-19.83 million versus $-17.45 million estimated by three analysts on average. Compared to the year-ago quarter, this number represents a 0% change.Revenues- Optoelectronics and Manufacturing division, including intersegment revenues: $109.46 million versus $113.84 million estimated by three analysts on average. Compared to the year-ago quarter, this number represents a 0% change.Revenues- Security division: $254.25 million compared to the $258.53 million average estimate based on three analysts. The reported number represents a change of 0% year over year.Non-GAAP basis Operating Income (loss)- Security Division: $34.34 million versus the two-analyst average estimate of $35.95 million.Non-GAAP basis Operating Income (loss)- Corporate/Elimination: $-10.09 million versus $-11 million estimated by two analysts on average.Non-GAAP basis Operating Income (loss)- Healthcare Division: $2.45 million versus the two-analyst average estimate of $0.83 million.Non-GAAP basis Operating Income (loss)- Optoelectronics and Manufacturing Division: $13.08 million versus $14.24 million estimated by two analysts on average.View all Key Company Metrics for OSI here>>>

Shares of OSI have returned +3.2% over the past month versus the Zacks S&P 500 composite's +0.9% change. The stock currently has a Zacks Rank #2 (Buy), indicating that it could outperform the broader market in the near term.
2026-10-29 23:59 2d ago
2026-10-29 18:24 2d ago
PZZA FINAL DEADLINE: ROSEN, A RANKED AND LEADING LAW FIRM, Encourages Papa John's International, Inc. Investors to Secure Counsel Before Important November 2 Deadline in Securities Class Action - PZZA
PZZA Papa John's International
FMP Stock News
Original source text
New York, New York--(Newsfile Corp. - October 29, 2026) - WHY: Rosen Law Firm, a global investor rights law firm, reminds purchasers of common stock of Papa John's International, Inc. (NASDAQ: PZZA) between August 7, 2025 and August 5, 2026, both dates inclusive (the "Class Period"), of the important November 2, 2026 lead plaintiff deadline.

SO WHAT: If you purchased Papa Johns common stock during the Class Period you may be entitled to compensation without payment of any out of pocket fees or costs through a contingency fee arrangement.

WHAT TO DO NEXT: To join the Papa Johns class action, go to https://rosenlegal.com/cases/papa-johns-international-inc/join or call Phillip Kim, Esq. toll-free at 866-767-3653 or email [email protected] for information on the class action. A class action lawsuit has already been filed. If you wish to serve as lead plaintiff, you must move the Court no later than November 2, 2026. A lead plaintiff is a representative party acting on behalf of other class members in directing the litigation.

WHY ROSEN LAW: We encourage investors to select qualified counsel with a track record of success in leadership roles. Often, firms issuing notices do not have comparable experience, resources, or any meaningful peer recognition. Many of these firms do not actually handle securities class actions, but are merely middlemen that refer clients or partner with law firms that actually litigate the cases. Be wise in selecting counsel. The Rosen Law Firm represents investors throughout the globe, concentrating its practice in securities class actions and shareholder derivative litigation. Rosen Law Firm has achieved the largest ever securities class action settlement against a Chinese Company. Rosen Law Firm was Ranked No. 1 by ISS Securities Class Action Services for number of securities class action settlements in 2017. The firm has been ranked in the top 4 each year since 2013 and has recovered billions of dollars for investors. In 2019 alone the firm secured over $438 million for investors. In 2020, founding partner Laurence Rosen was named by law360 as a Titan of Plaintiffs' Bar. Many of the firm's attorneys have been recognized by Lawdragon and Super Lawyers.

DETAILS OF THE CASE: According to the lawsuit, throughout the Class Period, defendants made materially false and misleading statements and/or concealed material adverse facts concerning the true state of Papa Johns' transformation; notably, that it was "taking longer than expected," and ultimately was unable to prevent further market share losses. Papa Johns ultimately required a significant shift in strategy toward a sharp increase in promotional efforts to abate Papa Johns' declining competitive position. When the true details entered the market, the lawsuit claims that investors suffered damages.

To join the Papa Johns class action, go to https://rosenlegal.com/cases/papa-johns-international-inc/join or call Phillip Kim, Esq. toll-free at 866-767-3653 or email [email protected] for information on the class action.

No Class Has Been Certified. Until a class is certified, you are not represented by counsel unless you retain one. You may select counsel of your choice. You may also remain an absent class member and do nothing at this point. An investor's ability to share in any potential future recovery is not dependent upon serving as lead plaintiff.

Follow us for updates on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/the-rosen-law-firm, on Twitter: https://twitter.com/rosen_firm or on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/rosenlawfirm/.

Attorney Advertising. Prior results do not guarantee a similar outcome.

-------------------------------

To view the source version of this press release, please visit https://www.newsfilecorp.com/release/321696

Source: The Rosen Law Firm PA

Ready to Announce with Confidence?
Send us a message and a member of our TMX Newsfile team will contact you to discuss your needs.

Contact Us
2026-10-29 23:59 2d ago
2026-10-29 19:25 2d ago
Kaplan Fox Alerts Papa John's International, Inc. (PZZA) Investors of Substantial Losses to a Securities Class Action - Critical Deadline is November 2, 2026
PZZA Papa John's International
FMP Stock News
Original source text
New York, New York--(Newsfile Corp. - October 29, 2026) - Kaplan Fox & Kilsheimer LLP announces that a class action lawsuit has been filed against Papa John's International, Inc. ("Papa Johns" or the "Company") (NASDAQ: PZZA) on behalf of investors that purchased or otherwise acquired Papa Johns common stock between August 7, 2025 and August 5, 2026 (the "Class Period").

CLICK HERE TO JOIN THE CASE

If you are an investor in Papa Johns and have suffered losses, you may CLICK HERE to contact us. You may also contact Kaplan Fox by emailing [email protected] or by calling (646) 315-9003.

DEADLINE REMINDER: If you are a member of the proposed Class, you may move the court no later than November 2, 2026 for an opportunity to be lead plaintiff for the purported class. If you have losses we encourage you to contact us to learn more about the lead plaintiff process. You need not seek to become a lead plaintiff in order to share in any possible recovery.

The complaint alleges, among other things, that throughout the Class Period defendants disseminated materially false and misleading statements claiming that Papa Johns transformation was working to stabilize and improve the Company's growth while concealing material adverse facts concerning the true state of Papa Johns' transformation.

On August 6, 2026, according to the complaint, Papa Johns issued its second quarter 2026 financial results, reporting an 8.3% decrease in North American comparable sales, the suspension of its dividend, and a sharp reduction in its 2026 outlook from a 3% decline in North American comparable sales at the midpoint to a 7% annual decline. During the related conference call, CEO Todd Allan Penegor stated that "it's clear that our transformation is taking longer than expected" and "we must execute better and move faster." On this news, Papa Johns' stock price fell $5.11 or 17.18%, to close at $24.64 per share on August 6, 2026, thereby injuring investors.

CLICK HERE TO LEARN MORE

WHY CONTACT KAPLAN FOX?

Kaplan Fox & Kilsheimer LLP is a nationally recognized law firm focused on complex litigation, with offices in New York, Oakland, Los Angeles, Chicago, and New Jersey. Founded in 1956, the firm has spent more than 50 years prosecuting securities, antitrust, and consumer protection actions in federal and state courts nationwide, recovering more than $10 billion for clients and the classes it has represented.

Kaplan Fox is widely regarded as one of the nation's premier plaintiffs' securities litigation firms and has received recognition from Chambers and Partners, Benchmark Litigation, Super Lawyers, and Lawdragon. Serving as lead or co-lead counsel in many landmark cases, the firm has secured some of the largest recoveries in the history of securities litigation, including a $2.425 billion recovery on behalf of Bank of America shareholders in In re Bank of America—the largest recovery ever obtained for claims under Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act—$800 million recovered for the Arkansas Teacher Retirement System and other pension funds in ATRS v. Allianz Global Investors, and a $475 million settlement in In re Merrill Lynch.

For decades, Kaplan Fox has represented public pension funds, institutional investors, businesses, and individuals in high-stakes litigation. Through its successful advocacy and precedent-setting victories, the firm has helped shape important areas of securities and corporate law while advancing accountability and protecting investor interests.

This press release may be considered Attorney Advertising in some jurisdictions under the applicable law and ethical rules. Past results do not guarantee future outcomes.

If you have any questions about this Notice, your rights, or your interests, please contact:

Contacting or submitting information to Kaplan Fox & Kilsheimer LLP does not create an attorney-client relationship, nor an obligation on the part of Kaplan Fox to retain you as a client.

https://www.kaplanfox.com/case/papa-johns-nasdaq-pzza-class-action-lawsuit-learn-more-now/

To view the source version of this press release, please visit https://www.newsfilecorp.com/release/320990

Source: Kaplan Fox & Kilsheimer LLP

Ready to Announce with Confidence?
Send us a message and a member of our TMX Newsfile team will contact you to discuss your needs.

Contact Us
2026-10-29 23:59 2d ago
2026-10-29 17:42 2d ago
BridgeBio Pharma Q3 2026 Earnings Call Transcript
BBIO BridgeBio Pharma
FMP Stock News
Original source text
BridgeBio Pharma (NASDAQ:BBIO) reported third-quarter financial results on Thursday. The transcript from the company’s third-quarter earnings call has been provided below.

This transcript is brought to you by Benzinga APIs. For real-time access to our entire catalog, please visit https://www.benzinga.com/apis/ for a consultation.

View the webcast at https://events.q4inc.com/attendee/463906479

SummaryBridgeBio Pharma reported strong financial performance with total revenues of $353.2 million for Q3 2026, driven by growth in acoramidis net product revenue and a $75 million license milestone from Bayer.

The company provided updates on its strategic initiatives, including the upcoming launches of three products: BBP-418, infigratinib, and encaleret, all of which have PDUFA dates and are under priority review by the FDA.

BridgeBio Pharma continues to see strong growth in its acoramidis franchise, with U.S. net product revenue increasing by 134% year over year, and the company is on track for $4 billion in peak-year sales across its brands.

Real-world evidence continues to differentiate acoramidis from competitors, showing a significant reduction in clinical worsening and hospitalization risks compared to tafamidis.

The company is well-positioned financially, with $1.5 billion in cash, allowing it to support its growth initiatives and potential future product launches without additional funding needs.

Full TranscriptOPERATOR

A question and answer session. If you would like to ask a question, please press star one to raise your hand. To withdraw your question, press star one again. I will now hand the conference over to Chinmay Shukla, Chief Business Officer. Chinmay, please go ahead.

Chinmay Shukla (Chief Business Officer)

Good afternoon everyone and thank you for joining BridgeBio Pharma’s third quarter 2026 earnings call. I am Chinmay Shukla, Chief Business Officer. With me today are Neel Kumar, our CEO, Matt Outen, our Chief Commercial Officer, and Tom Tramarki, our President and Chief Financial Officer. During today’s call, we will cover another quarter of consistent growth for a truby along with new real-world evidence that continues to differentiate acoramidis from tafamidis on outcomes that matter to patients, physicians, and payers. We will then turn to BBP-418 where we are weeks away from potential launch. Finally, we will discuss the pipeline where the PDUFA date for infigratinib is now set for February 4th with priority review and the PDUFA date for encaleret is May 8th with priority review.

We’re also particularly excited to discuss updates from our chronic hypoparathyroidism program where we dosed the first patient in our Phase 3 trial. Following our prepared remarks, we will open the call for questions for the Q&A session. We will be joined by the leaders of our encaleret, BBP-418 and infigratinib programs. With that, I’ll turn it over to Neel.

Neil Kumar (Chief Executive Officer)

Thanks, Chinmay, and thanks everyone for joining today. As always, these calls are where we communicate relevant aspects of our business to investors and so we welcome your questions and feedback. I’m excited to report updates from our TTR franchise and across the portfolio today as we enter into a new phase in our TTR launch paired with three launches ahead of us in the next seven months. I will talk about that and further contextualize the numbers from this quarter in a moment.

Before I do, I want to acknowledge that we are now annualizing to over $1 billion in the U.S. market and well over that globally with our acoramidis franchise, and this puts us ahead of the analogs we studied and used to guide our performance. This is coupled with an ever-evening playing field in the United States, a consequence of acoramidis’s growing size, its increasing evidentiary base, and the changing reimbursement environment, which we believe sets us up well in the quarters and years to come.

It’s interesting to remark that acoramidis is the leading brand in Europe where rules around reimbursement and marketing are tighter. For today, we feel good about our continued revenue growth. We will have to wait for Pfizer’s numbers later to accurately understand our share trajectory, but numbers from our other competitor this morning show that we are solidly in second place with respect to new patient starts, and overwhelmingly so in the critical first-line setting.

Obviously, we aspire for more and feel we have set a base to do so in the quarters and years to come. Before I comment further on our pipeline and revenue, I wanted to provide some brief context on how we think about the information we’re sharing with you quarter to quarter. Obviously, the goal of these calls is to reduce information asymmetry between investors and managers so that the firm can be fairly valued over time. What this means is that we should be providing you information over time that informs your valuation model of the company. Although we meet in the context of these calls every quarter, it’s a natural question to ask whether or not these updates provide salient information that allow you to revalue the firm.

For instance, if a quarterly sampling is done on a system that only moves materially over the course of years, then all I’m providing you is noise. On the other hand, a quarterly sampling is inadequate for systems where salient differences are occurring on a weekly basis. Keeping that thought in mind, quarterly updates as associated with our R&D activities are generally too frequent, and we try to keep investors abreast of key R&D advances when they occur within our portfolio, generally through press releases, conference presentations, and vitally, publications.

On today’s call, I’ll be summarizing a number of R&D items that we’ve already updated you on through these channels. However, in the commercial setting, quarterly updates contain real information content. In fact, our own modeling of some 1,040 launches suggests that the first quantum of time that contains predictive information for sales is the four-week rolling average. So from the perspective of frequency, quarterly updates on revenue contain real information, which I think we all know. But there’s a second aspect of the information being provided, which is what is the magnitude of change required to drive a change in your valuation of the firm or, critically, your peak-year sales assumption?

Put simply, how big do the changes need to be in order for the number to be a signal and not a reporting of noise? We asked this question as well of the 1,040 launches and, more importantly, drilled into the first couple years of launch to understand what the quarter-to-quarter variance in revenue growth looked like for brands that ended up doing over $3 billion in sales. Interestingly, there was on average a 20% variance quarter to quarter that did not meaningfully impact projected peak-year sales.

If you go and look at brands like Eliquis, Tegreso and others that we feel are of the size we believe the acoramidis franchise will be, you can see a very meaningful quarter-to-quarter change but ultimately a trajectory that obviously supported multibillion-dollar sales. So, adding this lens in addition to our current quarter’s data, we continue to believe that acoramidis is tracking to meet or beat our $4 billion peak-year sales assumption. And we believe that we have $4 billion in peak-year sales across the other three brands that we’ll discuss in today’s call as well.

So let me now delve into acoramidis’s performance this quarter. We observed continued commercial momentum this quarter. Acoramidis U.S. net product revenue was $253.2 million, an increase of approximately 14% quarter on quarter and approximately 134% year over year. Our growth now is predominantly coming from first-line new starts, which, as we’ve discussed, is our key focal area and predicts future total share in the marketplace. As I mentioned, we can’t comment specifically on NBRx share on this call because we have not seen Pfizer’s quarterly numbers yet.

But as we look over the marketplace as a whole, we continue to see strong performance amongst the approximately 2,900 physicians that have tried acoramidis, mostly cardiologists at either academic medical centers or at high-volume heart failure practices. Where one big slice of the opportunity remaining arises is the over 60% of prescribers who have yet to try acoramidis and who are primarily lower-volume, often non-cardiology specialists. Some of our competitors who are better resourced have begun reaching out to this longer tail of physicians and you should expect us to pursue that opportunity as well.

And as we build on our differentiated product profile and seek opportunities to educate a broader diaspora of prescribers, I’d like to take a few minutes on the tailwinds that define our differentiation so that you can share our excitement. I’ll begin with acoramidis’s growing body of real-world evidence and then discuss the increasingly exciting kidney-protective signal that we continue to elaborate on. And then finally the readout from CARDIO-TTRansform, cementing stabilizers as the first-line therapeutic backbone for ATTR cardiomyopathy. First, real-world evidence. I’ve said before that in the cardiovascular market, where double-blind head-to-heads aren’t immediately possible, real-world evidence sets the bedrock of ultimate commercial performance.

Since we last spoke, that bedrock has gotten considerably firmer with two large real-world comparisons of acoramidis against tafamidis, drawn from two different data types, pointing the same way and further reinforcing other real-world evidence studies that were published earlier this year. The first of these new studies was published in September in Cardiology and Therapy, the first peer-reviewed contemporary real-world comparative evidence study of TTR stabilizers in cardiomyopathy.

U.S. claims data: acoramidis significantly reduced the risk of early clinical worsening versus tafamidis, with a 34% reduction in composite clinical worsening and a 43% reduction in diuretic intensification. Separation in clinical outcomes emerged within weeks of treatment initiation and increased over time. The second came at HFSA just two weeks ago, where Dr. David Lanfierre of Henry Ford presented an independent propensity score–matched analysis of nearly 2,700 ATTR cardiomyopathy patients from EPIC Cosmos, the largest electronic health record database in the United States.

This is a contemporary cohort of patients from 2025, and it is the first EHR-based comparison of the two stabilizers. Acoramidis was associated with an 18% lower risk of the composite of death, all-cause hospitalization, new-onset AFib, and diuretic intensification versus tafamidis, with a hazard ratio of 0.82 and a p-value below 0.01. On the outcomes that matter most to patients and to payers, the effect was larger: a 27% lower risk of cardiovascular hospitalization and a 27% lower risk of heart failure hospitalization and a 25% lower risk of all-cause hospitalization, all with p-values less than 0.001.

The curves separated within the first month and the result held across unadjusted, matched, and biomarker-adjusted analyses. Hospitalization isn’t a soft endpoint; it is the disease. Second, the kidney. We’ve shared much of the detail before on what we’ve seen to date, so I’ll be brief here. The kidney-protective effect associated with acoramidis does many things for us. It helps explain acoramidis’s early onset of action: the early eGFR dip and the early separation in cumulative cardiovascular outcomes both occur within about a month, and our hypothesis is that acoramidis effectively rests the kidney to protect longer-term function, as evidenced by the sustained reduction in eGFR slope decline over 30 months.

It strengthens the evidence of long-term benefit. The association of the eGFR dip with improved clinical outcomes shows this effect is good for the patients we serve, including those with renal complications, through a mechanism that appears to be similar to SGLT2 inhibitors. It generates a new hypothesis for future indications, namely whether acoramidis can benefit patients living with high-proteinuric conditions. We are also beginning to see clues that kidney dysfunction may help indicate patients before ATTR cardiomyopathy is recognized clinically.

Our statistical genetics team is engaged in further analysis and we look forward to sharing interesting findings from that research in the future. Finally, there were three key takeaways from ESC where the full CARDIO-TTRansform results were presented at the end of August. One, that adding a silencer on top of background stabilization does not improve outcomes. This effectively closes the door on combination therapy as the end state of this market. Two, knockdowns are interchangeable. Placebo-adjusted depth of serum TTR reduction was approximately the same between both observed knockdowns and there was no differentiated impact of knockdown.

Recall that both agents take many months to reach maximum knockdown, which is reflected in how long it takes for their event curves to separate from placebo, in contrast to the early separation we observed with acoramidis, which is as early as the first month. Three, there’s plenty of room to improve on tafamidis within the placebo arm of HELIOS-B. For instance, patients on background tafamidis showed a relative risk reduction of just 21.7% on all-cause death and recurrent cardiovascular events compared to those on no therapy at all.

Put simply, this is a stabilizer-first market. The bar set by tafamidis and acoramidis is the first and only near-complete stabilizer. ESC was also where we presented our own data and provided evidence of potential reversal of cardiac structural disease progression in ATTR cardiomyopathy. Serial CMR imaging from the ATTRibute-CM study and its open-label extension showed clinically meaningful improvement in left ventricular systolic function in 54% of acoramidis-treated participants versus 20% of placebo-treated participants at month 30, and in 53% of continuous acoramidis participants at month 42.

In a completer analysis, participants treated with acoramidis gained an unprecedented 65 additional days alive and out of the hospital by month 36 and month 54. Data published simultaneously in the European Journal of Heart Failure showed a more than twofold mortality difference favoring continuous acoramidis within the V122I subgroup. Building on that, we have dosed the first participant in ASCEND ATTR, a Phase 3b/4 study of cardiac structure, function, and amyloid burden by cardiac MRI and echo over 36 months.

And because we think the question of what comes after stabilization is still worth asking, we nominated BBP717, a next-generation monoclonal antibody depleter for ATTR cardiomyopathy, as a development candidate this quarter with an IND planned for 2027. Now to the three programs in regulatory review, beginning with BBP418 for LGMD2I, where the PDUFA date is November 27, roughly four weeks from today. There is no advisory committee planned. This is in line to be the next approval in our portfolio and, if approved, the first therapy for any limb-girdle muscular dystrophy in the U.S. We have already identified more than 500 unique LGMD2I patients through claims, genetic testing, and account profiling.

Globally, Europe has the highest prevalence of LGMD2I with more than 4,000 patients due to a founder mutation most often seen in people of North European ancestry. There, we have had multiple positive and highly collaborative interactions with national health authorities, and we intend to submit an MAA to the EMA in the first half of 2028. That submission will be based on the FORTIFY month 36 final analysis, with top-line results expected in late ’27 or early ’28.

On the data, I’ll remind everyone that FORTIFY met every primary and secondary endpoint at the 12-month interim, with treated individuals improving while placebo declined across every key measure. At World Muscle Society earlier this month, we extended that story to the heart, which is among these patients’ greatest concerns. Among participants with elevated high-sensitivity troponin I at baseline, 100% on BBP418 returned to normal range by month 12 versus 40% on placebo, and 54% of treated participants had stable or improved ejection fraction versus 25% on placebo.

Separately, the laboratory of Dr. John Vissing in Denmark, one of the foremost KOLs in the field, showed that BBP418 increased glycosylated alpha-dystroglycan above levels seen in asymptomatic FKRP carriers, i.e., people who carry a single copy of the mutation and don’t get the disease. People sometimes forget that most therapies in progressive neuromuscular disease aim to slow decline. This one restores the underlying biology to unaffected levels, and patients get better.

That is the type of transformative effect we seek to have with disease-modifying treatments. In order to have that effect, of course, we will need to deliver the drug to patients, so let me say a few words about our launch readiness. About 70% of LGMD2I patients receive care through the MDA Care Center Network, and since entering the field in August, our neuromuscular account managers have reached more than 70% of MDA centers and are expected to reach at least 90% by PDUFA.

To find the patients who are still misclassified within the broader LGMD population, we launched Type Hype, a patient-facing campaign that encourages people with suspected LGMD to ask their doctor about genetic testing. The drug is manufactured and ready to go in channel. We are poised to deliver for a patient community that has waited far too long. Turning next to infigratinib for achondroplasia, we’re heartened that the FDA accepted our NDA and granted priority review with a remarkable PDUFA date of February 4, 2027, meaning if all goes well, we will launch the only oral product for achondroplasia less than 12 months since the entry of the latest commercial injectable. Infigratinib holds breakthrough therapy, fast track, and rare pediatric disease designations and is the only therapeutic option in development for achondroplasia with BTD.

We have also submitted an MAA to the EMA and anticipate EU approval in the second half of 2027. Recall that PROPEL 3 is the only achondroplasia Phase 3 study published in the New England Journal of Medicine and remains the only program with placebo-controlled efficacy beyond annualized height velocity at 52 weeks, including statistically significant improvements on both proportionality and arm span. In September, we presented additional benefits beyond height over 52 weeks: children on oral infigratinib had a 38% lower rate of ear infections than placebo and their sleep apnea measures stayed stable compared to a 49% increase on placebo. We are also the only program in this space with an obstructive sleep apnea and otitis media dataset. On the commercial side, our U.S. field team for oral infigratinib is fully staffed with deep experience across growth disorders including achondroplasia, rare genetic conditions, and competitive launches.

Finally, encaleret for ADH1. The NDA is under priority review with the PDUFA target action date of May 8, 2027 with no advisory committee planned, and our MAA has been submitted to the EMA with potential EU approval in the second half of 2027. Encaleret would be the first approved therapy specifically indicated for ADH1 in both the United States and Europe. The U.S. field team dedicated to encaleret has been trained and deployed, and we have identified greater than 600 genetically confirmed patients, up from approximately 500 last quarter.

Since we last spoke, we have seen three further pieces of the story told by our Phase 3 study in ADH1, CALIBRATE. First, kidney: at ASN Kidney Week, we have shown that in addition to normalizing blood and urine calcium, encaleret was associated with a significant increase in kidney function at week 24 compared with conventional therapy, with an eGFR change of +11 versus +3 mL per minute per 1.73 meters squared. Given that long-term complications of conventional therapy are nephrocalcinosis, kidney stones, and chronic kidney disease, that is not an incidental finding.

Second, in the bone: at ASBMR, encaleret demonstrated bone turnover by restoring the bone’s own PTH production, which says that the drug is addressing the underlying biology of the disease rather than simply influencing symptoms. Third, how patients feel: 100% of participants on encaleret reported improvement in at least one ADH symptom versus 46% on standard of care, with the largest deltas in fatigue, muscle spasms, tingling, and brain fog—the things that people with this condition live with every day, even on conventional therapy.

Our CALIBRATE PEDS trial, our registrational Phase 2/3 study in pediatric ADH1, has completed enrollment of the first of four cohorts, adolescents 12 to 17. And as I said last quarter, ADH1 approval is the beginning of encaleret’s potential, not the end. In October, we dosed the first participant in RECLAIM-HP, our global registrational Phase 3 in chronic hypoparathyroidism, a condition affecting approximately 200,000 patients in the U.S. and EU and a substantial expansion of the encaleret opportunity beyond ADH1. The study will enroll approximately 160 individuals with a primary endpoint: the proportion of participants achieving both blood and urine calcium normalization at week 24.

I won’t repeat the full mechanistic argument from last quarter, but I’d simply reiterate that endpoints are reliable, the drug’s onset is rapid, and in our proof of concept, 80% of post-surgical patients normalized both blood and urine calcium within five days. We continue to see this as a relatively quick trial with a high probability of technical success, and we anticipate top-line results in the next 15 months. So put simply, we are a company with three launches in the next seven months. I’m not aware of many companies our size that have been handed that type of opportunity, and we don’t intend to waste it. From the standpoint of operations, that means both focused execution against these three launches and taking advantage of our Silicon Valley roots to continue to pioneer a commercial model fit for today’s technologies, where AI is redefining how physicians are having conversations with themselves, patients with themselves, and physicians with their patients.

Those conversations are being buttressed by new devices and technologies that allow us to measure ever more signals of health from functional endpoints all the way back to genetics. We anticipate elaborating on how we intend to operate within this modern commercial concept on future calls. But needless to say, the parallel introduction of a genome that costs $250, coupled with AI’s ability to identify and educate patients and physicians, opens up new avenues that we are aggressively exploring.

Finally, our strategic and financial posture continues to focus on taking advantage of our disconnect from intrinsic value through our previously discussed share buyback program and judicious use of resources to capture the full opportunity from each of our launches. With that, I’ll turn it over to Matt.

Matt Outen (Chief Commercial Officer)

Thanks, Neil. This is an exciting and pivotal moment for BridgeBio Pharma. Acoramidis is continuing its growth trajectory. The PDUFA date for infigratinib has been assigned as February 4th. We have a PDUFA date for encaleret for ADH1 of May 8th and, of course, the imminent approval and launch of BBP-418, which is just a few weeks away. This represents three unique NDAs, all assigned priority review by the FDA. I’ll take you through updates for each of our programs, starting with acoramidis.

Acoramidis delivered another strong quarter. Net product revenue was 253 million, up 134% from Q3 of last year, driven by continued share gains in the first line. The reason is the evidence, and it has become impossible to ignore across real-world datasets. The pattern is consistent: patients on acoramidis are doing better than patients on tafamidis. At HFSA, we presented an independent analysis of 2,684 propensity score–matched patients with ATTR-CM from Epic Cosmos.

Compared with tafamidis, acoramidis was associated with an 18% lower risk of death, hospitalization, new onset of atrial fibrillation, or diuretic intensification, and 25% to 27% lower risk of all-cause cardiovascular and heart failure hospitalization. This builds on the Comodo analysis published in September. Different datasets, comparative contemporary populations, same answer. This is also exactly what you would expect: in our Phase 3 trial, acoramidis separated from placebo in just three months with a 50% reduction in cardiovascular hospitalization.

At ESC, we showed the survival benefit holds through 54 months, including in variant disease V142I, also known as V122I. These results are what we have come to expect from the only near-complete stabilizer and is why we believe acoramidis is a stabilizer of choice. We are also investing in finding patients: in recognition of World Amyloidosis Day, we launched a nationwide ATTR-CM education effort with community partners, because too many patients remain undiagnosed.

For the rest of my time, I want to focus on the three upcoming launches in order of PDUFA date. First, I’ll start with BBP-418. I’m really excited that we’re mere weeks away from potentially launching the first and only treatment in LGMD2I/R9. This represents a huge milestone for patients. In October, at the World Muscle Society Congress, we presented additional FORTIFY data, including exploratory cardiac data, adding to an already strong profile.

Cardiac involvement is a top concern for patients and HCPs, so this is a meaningful addition to the body of evidence on the impact of BBP-418 in LGMD2I/R9. Our field teams are hired and deployed, with field medical engaging centers since May and our commercial team in the field since August ahead of approval. Their work is focused on readiness on the ground, including disease state education and genetic testing awareness. Through a combination of claims, genetic testing, and account profiling, we have identified more than 500 patients living with LGMD2I/R9 in the U.S., and about 70% of them receive care through the MDA Care Center Network.

Our account managers have already introduced themselves to more than 70% of those centers and expect to reach more than 90% by launch. On awareness, around LGMD Awareness Day in September, we launched Type Hype, a patient-facing awareness campaign encouraging people with suspected LGMD to talk with their doctor about genetic testing. Because many people living with LGMD2I/R9 remain undiagnosed, patient support programs modeled on our prior launches will be in place at launch.

Turning to Europe, based on multiple positive, highly collaborative interactions with national health authorities in the EU, we intend to submit a Marketing Authorization Application to the EMA in the first half of 2028 based on a FORTIFY final analysis at the 36-month time point. Due to a founder mutation most often found in people of Northern European ancestry, Europe represents the highest density of LGMD2I/R9 prevalence globally, with up to 4,500 patients.

All launch work streams are on schedule and we are ready for the FDA’s decision in November and the opportunity to bring BBP-418 to the patients who need it. Second, I’d like to discuss infigratinib in achondroplasia, which is the biggest update since last quarter. On October 6, the FDA accepted our NDA with priority review and set a PDUFA date of February 4, 2027, ahead of the mid-2027 launch timing we described last quarter. Our field team is hired, trained, and in the field, profiling accounts and providing disease state education. The team is sized to compete effectively and to capture the market opportunity.

They bring deep experience in rare disease, achondroplasia, and pediatric endocrinology. Our sales team is building on a foundation that has been in place for some time. Our field medical team has been meeting with Centers of Excellence and key opinion leaders for 14 months, and our advocacy team has been engaged with the achondroplasia community for over seven years. We continue to hear from HCPs and families that the anticipation of infigratinib continues to build.

We’re ready and excited for the February 4th PDUFA date and to bring the first and only oral option to families living with achondroplasia. Third, let me turn to encaleret in ADH1, which has a PDUFA date of May 8th, 2027. Of note, encaleret also received priority review. It would be the first and only therapy specifically indicated for ADH1. The team we described last quarter is now on board and deployed in the field, with nearly 90% bringing rare disease experience to the team. We have also added field medical and field reimbursement roles this quarter. Most of our efforts have gone into finding patients.

ADH1 is genetically distinct, but it presents like hypoparathyroidism, and most people living with it are carried under that diagnosis for years before anyone thinks to test for the mutation. So the work ahead of launch is disease state education, including diagnosis. Our primary call points are endocrinologists and nephrologists, and this quarter we expanded sponsored genetic testing utilization and deepened the disease education across both specialties.

The effect is that patients are being identified who would be eligible for treatment upon approval. We have now identified more than 600 genetically confirmed patients, up from approximately 500 last quarter, and that number continues to grow. Looking beyond the U.S., we have also submitted MAAs to the EMA for both infigratinib and encaleret, positioning both for potential approvals in Europe in the second half of 2027. In summary, while we continue to grow acoramidis, we also have three additional programs that are on track to launch at their respective PDUFA dates.

With that, I’ll turn the call over to Tom.

Tom (Chief Financial Officer)

Thank you, Matt. Good afternoon, everyone. I’ll now walk through our financial results for the third quarter of 2026. Our commentary will focus on GAAP financials unless otherwise noted. Total revenues for the third quarter of 2026 were $353.2 million compared to $120.7 million for the same period in 2025. The increase was primarily driven by growth in attribute net product revenue and $75 million in license revenue from a one-time sales milestone for Biantra, reflecting strong uptake in Europe due to our differentiated product profile and excellent commercial execution by our partner Bayer. US attribute net product revenue in the quarter was $253.2 million compared to $108.1 million in the same period last year.

Royalty revenue was $20.5 million compared to $4.3 million in the same period last year, primarily earned from net product sales of Biantra in the EU and Japan. Total operating expenses for the third quarter of 2026 were $344.4 million compared to $259.3 million for the same period last year. The $85.1 million increase reflects continued investment in Truby and preparations for our three upcoming launches. Turning to the operating line, in the third quarter, we recorded an $11.6 million loss from operations compared to a $145.2 million loss in the same period last year. The improvement was driven by growth in attribute net product revenue, higher Biantra royalties and a $75 million Bayer sales milestone, partially offset by a disciplined increase in opex.

Aside from the one-time impact of this milestone, the operating line was particularly strong in 3Q due to timing of expenses related to our three upcoming launches. We anticipate opex will catch up in the fourth quarter of this year, followed by more modest steady growth paired with improvement of the operating line throughout 2027 and beyond. Now onto the balance sheet. As of September 30, 2026, our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities were $1.5 billion, representing our strongest reported cash position in the company’s history. Our strong cash position, together with our improving financial trajectory, allows us to fully resource our next phase of growth, including our upcoming launches and continued investment in Truby while also investing in label expansion and lifecycle management.

With that, I’ll turn the call back over to Chinmay.

Chinmay Shukla (Chief Business Officer)

Thank you, Neil, Matt and Tom. Operator, please open the line for questions now.

OPERATOR

We will now begin the question-and-answer session. Please limit yourself to one question. If you would like to ask a question, please press star one to raise your hand. To withdraw your question, press star one again. We ask that you pick up your handset when asking a question to allow for optimum sound quality. If you are muted locally, please remember to unmute your device. Please stand by while we compile the Q&A roster. Your first question comes from the line of Corey Kazimov with Evercore ISI.

Your line is now open. Please go ahead.

Corey Kazimov (Analyst at Evercore ISI)

Hey guys, good afternoon. Thanks for taking the question. Wanted to ask about Truby. Obviously, there’s been a lot of debate around how to think about quarter-over-quarter growth. So you put up a sequential increase of $31 million this quarter. Is that still the right base to build off of as we think about Q4 into next year? Or maybe asking it another way, what would need to happen, whether it’s first-line share, market growth, broader recognition of the compelling real-world evidence you’ve been building, or something else, for that number to step up from here?

Thank you.

Neil Kumar (Chief Executive Officer)

Hey Corey, thank you for the question. We do think that that $25 to $30 million is the right number near term, and eventually it will go up more from there. But let me pass it on to Matt, our Chief Commercial Officer, to expand more upon that.

Matt Outen (Chief Commercial Officer)

Yeah, thanks, Corey. So, I mean, we’re really pleased with our Q3 results and the continuation of what’s been a very strong launch for Truby. As we’ve discussed previously, we’re really focused on the first-line setting. I think that’s where everyone is sort of looking and, you know, we believe this is where the most growth can be found and this is where we’ve been growing the most with Truby. It’s pretty clear that stabilizers are the therapy of choice in the first line, and as the only near-complete stabilizer in ATTR-CM, we feel that Truby is very well positioned for continued growth.

There’s still a lot of opportunity to diagnose and treat patients, just due to the really high number of undiagnosed patients. And as you heard Neil discuss in his initial comments, that incredible real-world evidence and renal-protective data for Truby. We’ve just started getting that out into the market. We believe that this type of data is going to continue to drive share for Truby in Q4 and also beyond.

Corey Kazimov (Analyst at Evercore ISI)

Perfect. Thank you very much.

OPERATOR

Your next question comes from the line of Tyler Van Buren with TD Cowen. Your line is now open. Please go ahead.

Nick

Hey guys, this is Nick on for Tyler. Thanks very much for taking our question. So you mentioned Q4 and moving forward, but as you think about next year and the new 340B plan going into effect, how could this possibly or positively impact the Truby sales and potentially increase some new accounts coming online or increase prescribing patterns? Any thoughts on that would be very helpful. As well as anything that you guys are seeing in Q3 in terms of new patient starts, breadth of prescribers and persistence of treatment that could be leading indicators moving forward would be really helpful.

Neil Kumar (Chief Executive Officer)

Hey Nick, thank you for the question. I’m going to pass it again to Matt to discuss this.

Matt Outen (Chief Commercial Officer)

Sure. Let me break it up into the two sections that you sort of described. So, you know, as I was just discussing, Truby really growing well in the front line, but I can elaborate a little bit with some of the metrics that we look at when we think about how we’re doing and what to consider in the future. Our gross to net remains and has been very stable for Truby, and our persistency and compliance rates are extremely strong and high. So I think those two things in particular are something we watch closely, and they’ve been very consistent for us.

You may have seen our recent marketing campaign of speed, strength and stability, which highlights how quickly Truby works and how well it keeps the patients out of the hospital. Those two things have been since launch, and continue to be, two of the main reasons that physicians reach for a specific medication. We have the best team in the industry, so I have to throw out that, of course. And then one last thing to consider, too: the number of new prescribers who use Truby in the first line continues to expand with consistent growth every single quarter.

And as we’ve reported previously, when someone uses Truby, they tend to keep doing it over time, which is going to lead to long-term increase in prescription and share for Truby prescriptions. And then on your second point regarding ASP, I think much like the IRA change with Part D, the proposed ASP change really helps level the playing field. I need to stress there’s no way to know if the change will pass and what it will look like, but if it does, it’s important to know that it impacts Part B, as in boy, medications, not Part D, as in David, medications, like Truby. So there is no negative impact on Truby regardless of what passes. We could see a positive impact, but we really have to wait and see what that final legislation looks like.

So I would say stay tuned. The expectation is that we’re going to hear on that fairly soon.

Chinmay Shukla (Chief Business Officer)

Yeah, and just to build on what Matt said, I think I wanted to just highlight what Neil mentioned in his prepared remarks in terms of trying to go after the long tail of prescribers and really expanding the prescriber base. I do think that that is going to be one source of growth in the future for Truby in the US. And then just the other thing we wanted to highlight here, Nick, is, in terms of leveling the playing field, Europe is a very good example of what a market with a level playing field looks like. We’re extremely excited to see Bayer’s very strong launch of Biantra in Europe. I think Biantra is now the leading brand in Europe, and you can see that even in our third quarter, we had a little more than $20 million of royalty revenue. And of course, we received the $75 million sales milestone slightly ahead of expectations.

So we feel good about where things are and we feel good about where things can be even better if the playing field gets leveled.

Nick

That’s very helpful. Thank you very much for the color.

OPERATOR

Your next question comes from the line of Josh Schimmer with Cantor Fitzgerald. Your line is now open. Please go ahead.

Josh Schimmer (Analyst at Cantor Fitzgerald)

Great, thanks for taking the questions. A question on capital allocation, but maybe in two parts. As you expand the Truby salesforce to address the long tail of prescribers, how do you think about the importance of acquiring another product to improve the efficiency of their calling efforts? And then, of course, there’s a lot of chatter around the prospects of acquiring the outstanding ownership of Gondola to reintegrate that pipeline. So how do you think about both of those potential opportunities?

Chinmay Shukla (Chief Business Officer)

Yeah, Josh, thank you for the question. So maybe I’ll try and unpack some of this. So, yeah, I think we’re very excited about Gondola’s progress. They have a deep and exciting pipeline, and they have some very talented leaders running the company, and James Morgan and Peter. Having said that, I think as Neil mentioned in his prepared remarks, for BridgeBio Pharma, we’re focused on execution here because we have a broad opportunity in front of us with Truby.

First of all, as you mentioned, you know, trying to go after the long tail. Our field force is right-sized, but I think that it is going to require some investment. I think where we think we can innovate here is using AI and other tools to really think about what a modern commercial organization looks like. And obviously, being here in the Valley is very helpful for that. So I think that is our big focus. I think we are also extremely focused on launching these next three products. I think that we have the opportunity to help a very large number of patients and really significantly grow our top-line revenues. And then finally, I think that there is a lot of exciting pipeline activity at Bridge, both with the hypopara phase 3 trial, which I think will read out in early ’28, as well as the antibody program which we just announced today. We’ve nominated a discovery candidate and which we think could be in the clinic, you know, not too distant of a future.

So that’s what we are focused on today. And maybe just taking a step back since you asked us our thoughts more broadly on capital allocation, you know, first use of capital is operations and fully funding the operations, so that comes first before anything else. For any excess capital we think about three options. The first is just retaining the cash on our balance sheet and getting optionality value. Second is to grow our pipeline, whether it’s through M&A or through, like, integrating our sister company, things like that.

Third is buying back shares, which obviously, as you guys saw in our Q, we bought back a few shares in September. The way we decide about it is we look at what the IRR is on all these opportunities, and we think about what our long-term shareholders will reward the most. So we really do think about shareholders before we make any of these capital allocation decisions. And my hope is that this color helps you guys understand how the company will invest its capital.

Josh Schimmer (Analyst at Cantor Fitzgerald)

Thank you.

OPERATOR

Your next question comes from the line of Biren Amin with Piper Sandler. Your line is now open. Please go ahead.

Baron

Yeah, hi guys, thanks for taking my questions. Maybe another on the balance sheet: you’ve got about one and a half billion of cash and three product launches in the near term. How should we think about funding needs of a truby and the new launches, and do you have what you need to get to profitability with the current balance sheet? Thank you.

Tom (Chief Financial Officer)

Hey Baron, this is Tom. Good to hear from you. So yeah, very strong balance sheet as you mentioned. With $1.5 billion of cash today, I feel very comfortable with the cash that we need to continue executing on ATTRibute and to launch the next three products in a way that’s disciplined but resourced to win, certainly in these critical markets and these communities that we’re trying to serve here. So, you know, just piggybacking on Chinmay’s earlier comment, I feel like operational cash needs are well covered by that $1.5 billion of cash. And you can see that our cash flow from operations generally has been on a downward trajectory. Maybe to connect that a little bit with how we see the P&L evolving as well. So, you know, we’re three quarters of the way through 2026. I’m fairly confident that we’ll average operating loss around $90 to $100 million a quarter this year.

That’s a big improvement from where we were at last year. That was about a $130 million loss a quarter last year, and we were able to achieve this while ramping up sales and marketing spend for coming through launches really due to the fact that we’re starting to see operating leverage show up from the ATTRibute brand. So as we look forward to next year, I see continued margin expansion from ATTRibute and improving operating line throughout the course of the year towards a break-even point.

And this is really going to take us into 2028 where you get to the place where all four of the brands have a chance to be profitable on a standalone basis. And the P&L can really kind of take a unique shape where you’ve got a very interesting and dynamic top line paired with a very strong bottom line as well.

OPERATOR

Your next question comes from the line of Ellie Merle with Barclays. Your line is now open. Please go ahead.

Ellie Merle (Analyst at Barclays)

Hey guys, thanks so much for taking the question. Just wanted to ask about the Ascendis citizen petition on infigratinib. Can you address how you’re thinking about that and do you see any impact on the review timeline or on the label? And second, I guess even if it’s just from a perception perspective for physicians and families, how are you thinking about the commercial implications of this and how you’re addressing the perception with education and awareness around the safety and neurocognitive profile?

Thanks so much.

Neil Kumar (Chief Executive Officer)

Hey Ellie, thank you for the question. It’s great to hear from you. I’m going to pass this one on to Justin, who leads the infigratinib franchise.

Justin (Head of Infigratinib Franchise)

Yeah, thanks so much. So first, we do not anticipate that this will impact our review timeline or label. I think there are a lot of false assertions and assumptions in their citizen petition and, candidly, we think this tactic reflects how concerned they are about our impending launch. It’s unfortunate they have to resort to a clear misuse of the citizen petition mechanism, especially since they were just complaining about BioMarin doing the exact same thing to them about a year ago.

We know the agency historically does not look favorably on petitions being used for competitive purposes. And we also know from the previous BioMarin–Ascendis saga that advocacy groups here and clinicians in this space care a lot about having choice, and ultimately we believe that their hypocrisy will come back to hurt them here. Now, the concerns that they raise have been disproven time and time again. You know, first, the studies that they cite reflect full genetic knockout in mice, which everyone knows is very different than partial pharmacological inhibition of a target. Nonclinically, we conducted all the required tox studies with detailed CNS assessments, and this is required for any program before you start a Phase 2 study, let alone a Phase 3. In addition, we now have data out beyond three years showing that there are no CNS effects or really any AEs indicative of peripheral or CNS FGFR1 or FGFR2 inhibition.

And remember, the agency has cleared us to go even younger in the infant and toddler program. And really at the end of the day, I think they and the physician community would be better served if they spent the same amount of time and energy on generating data for their program. And when we speak to clinicians, they don’t really see this as a concern because they see the data that we have on hand; they understand the fallacy of the argument that’s being made here. And so I think this hasn’t been a concern for us, partially.

OPERATOR

Your next question comes from the line of Saleem Syed with Mizuho. Your line is now open. Please go ahead.

Saleem Syed (Analyst at Mizuho)

Great. Thanks for the question, guys. Congrats on the quarter. Just one from us on 418 if possible. So obviously it’s a holiday PDUFA here. Can you give us sort of the logistics around that? What should we keep in mind as we head into the PDUFA just given the holiday timing? And then also just remind us, if you can, just given this was on an interim analysis, is base case here currently full approval or accelerated? Thanks so much.

Neil Kumar (Chief Executive Officer)

Hey Saleem, thank you for your question. I’m going to pass this one on to Anna Wade, who leads the neuromuscular franchise.

Anna Wade (Head of Neuromuscular Franchise)

Hi Saleem, thanks so much for your question. I’m pleased to say that we continue to have very positive interactions with the agency as they’ve been conducting their review, and given their continued engagement and feedback to date, we’re confident that this will be a traditional full approval and everything is looking on track for the November 27 PDUFA action date. We’re excited about the potential, obviously, for BBP-418 to serve this LGMD community in the relatively near term.

OPERATOR

Your next question comes from the line of Andrew Tsai with Jeffries. Your line is now open. Please go ahead.

Andrew Tsai (Analyst at Jefferies)

Thank you. Congrats on the continued execution. Now that the RECLAIM study has started dosing patients, can you talk about how you guys are thinking about the market opportunity for the bigger hypo PTH market and how should we size that relative to ADH1? And then as for the Phase 3 study itself, what do you guys think is the fundamental kind of efficacy bar for you to ultimately take meaningful share over your competitor? Thank you.

Neil Kumar (Chief Executive Officer)

Hey Andrew, thank you for the question. I’m going to pass it to Anant Sridhar, who leads ADH1 and Hyperpara for us, to answer it.

Anant Sridhar (Head of ADH1 and Hyperparathyroidism Programs)

Yes, it’s a great question, and it’s exciting to advance encaleret into this registrational study. The RECLAIM-HP study of encaleret in chronic hypoparathyroidism, especially at a point where it is under registrational review, enables us to further interrogate its clinical profile and advance its potential clinical utility for a broader population. To directly respond to your question, we estimate around 200,000 prevalent chronic hypopara patients in the US and Europe. Relative to ADH1, we estimate about 25,000 prevalent ADH1 patients in those same geographies. In terms of some of the early observations from the study, where we’re seeing demand to be the strongest, it’s amongst three cohorts—and Chinmay actually had touched on these in our Q1 earnings call earlier this year. Those three populations are patients with persistent hypercalciuria—this is about 50% of the chronic hypopara population.

Secondly, it’s coming from patients with low bone mineral densities, or osteopenic or osteoporotic individuals, who may not be great candidates for PTH analogs given the potential iatrogenic risk of compression vertebral fractures that have been observed on those therapies. Then finally, the third population is patients with injection site reactions or needle aversion. This represents about 40% of the population based on our estimates. And these are the three cohorts that have expressed the strongest interest in our study.

And then to your second question, what’s the bar for success. We have a more stringent primary endpoint for this study, as may have been seen in precedent studies in the indication, as we’re evaluating the concomitant normalization of both blood and urine calcium relative to placebo. Robust clinical effect versus placebo paired with a consistent safety profile would meet our threshold for success and I think would substantiate a new option for patients in the community with chronic hypoparathyroidism.

Andrew Tsai (Analyst at Jefferies)

Very good, thank you.

OPERATOR

Your next question comes from the line of Anupam Rama with JP Morgan. Your line is now open. Please go ahead.

Anupam Rama (Analyst at J.P. Morgan)

Hey guys, thanks so much for taking the question on 418 in Europe. Hold on, that’s, that’s, that’s Kazimov messing with me. On 418 in Europe, you noted today that you’re now planning on submitting an MAA in 1H28 based on your interactions with health authorities. Can you give us some color on what came out in those conversations and what’s driving that timing? How can we think about the EU opportunity in Limb-Girdle versus the U.S.?

Neil Kumar (Chief Executive Officer)

Yeah, hey, no, thanks for the question. I’ll pass it on to Anna to talk about it.

Anna Wade (Head of Neuromuscular Franchise)

Thanks for the question, Anupam. So yeah, these are based on multiple productive meetings we’ve had with EU national authorities. In those meetings, the feedback we’re getting was they reiterated the compelling nature of the data that we were showing with improvements from baseline in both ambulation and forced vital capacity. However, the main difference there is that these authorities indicated that they wanted to see the 36-month data as originally contemplated in the protocol, and that’s basically because they don’t have the same regulatory flexibility in Europe as we do in the US.

So what we’re planning on doing is completing the ongoing 36-month study in the second half of next year, and that data will be used to support the MAA filing, as you mentioned, in first half of ’28. In terms of the opportunity, we see this as a very meaningful opportunity considering that this is a larger population in Europe than in the US, and we’re estimating over 4,000 patients currently in Europe with LGMD2.

OPERATOR

Your next question comes from the line of Derek Archila with Wells Fargo. Your line is now open. Please go ahead.

Derek Archila (Analyst at Wells Fargo)

Hey, good evening and thanks for taking the questions. Maybe just staying on the Limb-Girdle theme here. As we think about the Limb-Girdle launch, how should we be thinking about modeling these first couple quarters? I know it’s early, but how should we frame that ramp and what sort of KPIs are you willing to share as soon as you know or soon after the launch starts. Thanks.

Neil Kumar (Chief Executive Officer)

Yeah. Hey Derek, thank you for the question. I’m going to pass it on to Anna to talk about this.

Anna Wade (Head of Neuromuscular Franchise)

Thanks, Chinmay, and thanks, Derek. So as you heard today, we’re really excited about the LGMD2I launch and the potential benefits of BBP-418 that can provide this community. We’re feeling really good about the ongoing preparations for launch. Interactions in the field continue to be very positive and at recent medical meetings as well, the most requested data we hear from HCPs has been the cardiac data, based on the fact that it’s just such a key driver of morbidity and mortality in this disease.

And that data was recently shared at WMS as both Neil and Matt discussed. And so we’re really feeling very good about the launch, and physicians have actually been contacting our medical team, letting us know that they’re ready and waiting for the potential new therapy for LGMD2I. As has also been mentioned, we have identified 500 unique genetically diagnosed patients to date, and we expect to fully penetrate that identified patient pool by year three. As we go through the launch, we’ll be sharing what we’re hearing from the field, and you can expect that more quantitative metrics will follow later, probably around the Q4 earnings call in early next year.

Chinmay Shukla (Chief Business Officer)

Yeah, I think just to build on that, Derek, we always communicate very transparently on launches, and as you know we did the same thing with acoramidis. So we’re going to think about what are the right metrics which investors should look at and then, as Neil mentioned in his prepared remarks, importantly what is the right frequency at which we give those updates. So as we make those determinations we will announce it, and you can expect us to talk about it and to talk about how things are going once we are out in the field.

We’re very excited for this opportunity to potentially help patients with limb-girdle muscular dystrophy type 2I.

OPERATOR

Thank you. Your next question comes from the line of Danielle Brill with Truist. Your line is now open. Please go ahead.

Danielle Brill (Analyst at Truist)

Hey guys, thanks for taking my questions on infigratinib. I wanted to ask about hypochondroplasia. You mentioned the phase 2/3 dose-escalation study is expanding to higher doses to find the optimal dose. Can you walk us through the rationale for going higher, what the safety data is telling you there, and how it affects the timeline to pivotal data? Thank you.

Neil Kumar (Chief Executive Officer)

Yeah, Danielle, thanks for the question. I’ll pass it on to Justin.

Justin (Head of Infigratinib Franchise)

Yeah, thanks so much for the question. So as a reminder, the purpose of our phase two study was to do a dose escalation to find the optimal dose. Now, in achondroplasia we stopped at 0.25 milligrams per kilogram, not because of safety reasons, but because we hit the optimal efficacy level for that indication, bringing ACH back to wild-type levels and showing stat signal proportionality in arm span. In hypochondroplasia, which is a different indication, the optimal dose may be different given the heterogeneity of mutations here and a different phenotype that’s seen. And really given the clean safety profile that we’ve now seen in PROPEL 3 long-term extension study as well, of course in our hypochondroplasia program, and the fact that we don’t see any FGFR1 or 2 inhibition at these doses, we feel really comfortable exploring additional doses, and the agency is supportive of that decision as well.

Ultimately, we’re confident that we still have some distance from the top of the therapeutic index.

OPERATOR

Your next question comes from the line of Jason Zymanski with Bank of America. Your line is now open. Please go ahead.

Jason Zymanski (Analyst at Bank of America)

Good afternoon, congrats on the great progress and thanks for taking our question. I guess moving to the payer side, we’re hearing a large payer has started restricting first-line use of a TTR gene silencer. Does this apply to acoramidis and, I guess, if so, which patients are affected and what does the path to access look like? How should we be thinking about the impact on first-line starts and the risk of similar restrictions at other payers? Thanks.

Neil Kumar (Chief Executive Officer)

Yeah, I’m going to pass it on to Matt to answer, Jason, and it’s great to hear from you.

Matt Outen (Chief Commercial Officer)

Yeah. Hey Jason, I think we’re probably talking about United here. United hasn’t made any changes to acoramidis in 2026. It made a change back in mid-2025 to perhaps prefer Vyndamax. But acoramidis has been able to continue to grow since then, you know, since launch through all of this. Up till now our approval rates through appeal are over 90% and acoramidis continues to grow quarter over quarter. So there’s really nothing new here for acoramidis.

It always, especially in a Medicare market, comes down to HCP and patient preference. And if an HCP wants acoramidis, they can get it for their patients, and we’ve shown this since launch.

OPERATOR

Your next question comes from the line of June Lee with UBS. Your line is now open. Please go ahead.

June Lee (Analyst at UBS)

Hi. Thanks for taking our questions. We’re really intrigued by the opportunity of encaleret in chronic hypoparathyroidism. As you enroll these post-surgical patients, are you tracking who has partial versus hemi versus total thyroidectomies? Our understanding is that different post-surgical patients may present with varying degrees of severity and may have a different responsiveness to encaleret. And related to that, what is your powering assumption for the Phase 3 RECLAIM-HP, and what is that based on?

Thank you.

Neil Kumar (Chief Executive Officer)

Yeah, hey June, thanks for the question, and thank you — thanks for the deep work which you’ve done on our hypopara program. Let me pass it on to Anant to talk more about these questions.

Anant Sridhar (Head of ADH1 and Hyperparathyroidism Programs)

Yes, and thanks for your interest in the program — we share it. On your first question on whether we’re monitoring for or assessing the extent of parathyroid tissue loss as a result of surgery or anterior neck injury, it’s really hard to assess that. Sometimes tissue is left inside but it loses vascularization and hence function. What we are going to be measuring at baseline, similar to other analog studies, is the extent of PTH concentrations in blood, calcium, and urine calcium at baseline.

And we’ll obviously assess longitudinal changes on our treatment. In terms of powering assumptions, we randomized the study three to one. We power the study to assess for a differential clinical benefit on achieving concomitant normal blood and urine calcium. And as a reminder, we informed these estimates based on what we saw in our proof-of-principle phase two with some more conservative estimates. In that study we saw that none of the patients achieved that primary endpoint on conventional therapy, whereas 80% achieved that profile on encaleret within five days.

So we’ve obviously taken some steps to be more conservative in our powering assumptions, but those signals from that study helped inform our powering estimates.

OPERATOR

We have reached the end of the Q and A session. I will now turn the call back to Pablo Alvira for closing remarks.

Pablo Alvira

Thank you everyone for joining us for our third quarter earnings call today. We appreciate your interest and we look forward to updating you again next quarter.

OPERATOR

This concludes today’s call. Thank you for attending. You may now disconnect.

Disclaimer: This transcript is provided for informational purposes only. While we strive for accuracy, there may be errors or omissions in this automated transcription. For official company statements and financial information, please refer to the company’s SEC filings and official press releases. Corporate participants’ and analysts’ statements reflect their views as of the date of this call and are subject to change without notice.

© 2026 Benzinga.com. Benzinga does not provide investment advice. All rights reserved.
2026-10-29 23:59 2d ago
2026-10-29 18:11 2d ago
BridgeBio Pharma (BBIO) Reports Q3 Loss, Beats Revenue Estimates
BBIO BridgeBio Pharma
FMP Stock News
Original source text
BridgeBio Pharma (BBIO - Free Report) came out with a quarterly loss of $0.42 per share versus the Zacks Consensus Estimate of a loss of $0.6. This compares to a loss of $0.95 per share a year ago. These figures are adjusted for non-recurring items.

This quarterly report represents an earnings surprise of +30.00%. A quarter ago, it was expected that this rare disease drug developer would post a loss of $0.64 per share when it actually produced a loss of $0.78, delivering a surprise of -21.88%.

Over the last four quarters, the company has surpassed consensus EPS estimates just once.

BridgeBio Pharma, which belongs to the Zacks Medical - Generic Drugs industry, posted revenues of $353.17 million for the quarter ended September 2026, surpassing the Zacks Consensus Estimate by 19.08%. This compares to year-ago revenues of $120.7 million. The company has topped consensus revenue estimates four times over the last four quarters.

The sustainability of the stock's immediate price movement based on the recently-released numbers and future earnings expectations will mostly depend on management's commentary on the earnings call.

BridgeBio Pharma shares have lost about 7.4% since the beginning of the year versus the S&P 500's gain of 13.1%.

What's Next for BridgeBio Pharma?While BridgeBio Pharma has underperformed the market so far this year, the question that comes to investors' minds is: what's next for the stock?

There are no easy answers to this key question, but one reliable measure that can help investors address this is the company's earnings outlook. Not only does this include current consensus earnings expectations for the coming quarter(s), but also how these expectations have changed lately.

Empirical research shows a strong correlation between near-term stock movements and trends in earnings estimate revisions. Investors can track such revisions by themselves or rely on a tried-and-tested rating tool like the Zacks Rank, which has an impressive track record of harnessing the power of earnings estimate revisions.

Ahead of this earnings release, the estimate revisions trend for BridgeBio Pharma was mixed. While the magnitude and direction of estimate revisions could change following the company's just-released earnings report, the current status translates into a Zacks Rank #3 (Hold) for the stock. So, the shares are expected to perform in line with the market in the near future. You can see the complete list of today's Zacks #1 Rank (Strong Buy) stocks here.

It will be interesting to see how estimates for the coming quarters and the current fiscal year change in the days ahead. The current consensus EPS estimate is -$0.53 on $315.64 million in revenues for the coming quarter and -$2.65 on $1.06 billion in revenues for the current fiscal year.

Investors should be mindful of the fact that the outlook for the industry can have a material impact on the performance of the stock as well. In terms of the Zacks Industry Rank, Medical - Generic Drugs is currently in the top 36% of the 250 plus Zacks industries. Our research shows that the top 50% of the Zacks-ranked industries outperform the bottom 50% by a factor of more than 2 to 1.

Another stock from the same industry, Amphastar Pharmaceuticals (AMPH - Free Report) , has yet to report results for the quarter ended September 2026.

This specialty pharmaceutical company is expected to post quarterly earnings of $0.78 per share in its upcoming report, which represents a year-over-year change of -16.1%. The consensus EPS estimate for the quarter has been revised 4.2% lower over the last 30 days to the current level.

Amphastar Pharmaceuticals' revenues are expected to be $194.55 million, up 1.4% from the year-ago quarter.
2026-10-29 23:59 2d ago
2026-10-29 18:31 2d ago
BridgeBio Pharma (BBIO) Q3 Earnings: Taking a Look at Key Metrics Versus Estimates
BBIO BridgeBio Pharma
FMP Stock News
Original source text
BridgeBio Pharma (BBIO - Free Report) reported $353.17 million in revenue for the quarter ended September 2026, representing a year-over-year increase of 192.6%. EPS of -$0.42 for the same period compares to -$0.95 a year ago.

The reported revenue compares to the Zacks Consensus Estimate of $296.58 million, representing a surprise of +19.08%. The company delivered an EPS surprise of +30%, with the consensus EPS estimate being -$0.60.

While investors closely watch year-over-year changes in headline numbers -- revenue and earnings -- and how they compare to Wall Street expectations to determine their next course of action, some key metrics always provide a better insight into a company's underlying performance.

As these metrics influence top- and bottom-line performance, comparing them to the year-ago numbers and what analysts estimated helps investors project a stock's price performance more accurately.

Here is how BridgeBio Pharma performed in the just reported quarter in terms of the metrics most widely monitored and projected by Wall Street analysts:

Revenues- Net product revenue: $253.35 million compared to the $254.92 million average estimate based on six analysts.Revenues- Royalty revenue: $20.51 million versus the five-analyst average estimate of $18.32 million.Revenues- License and services revenue: $79.31 million compared to the $7.47 million average estimate based on three analysts.View all Key Company Metrics for BridgeBio Pharma here>>>

Shares of BridgeBio Pharma have returned +7.6% over the past month versus the Zacks S&P 500 composite's +0.9% change. The stock currently has a Zacks Rank #3 (Hold), indicating that it could perform in line with the broader market in the near term.
2026-10-29 23:58 2d ago
2026-10-29 17:33 2d ago
Exponent Q3 2026 Earnings Call Transcript
EXPO Exponent
FMP Stock News
Original source text
Exponent (NASDAQ:EXPO) reported third-quarter financial results on Thursday. The transcript from the company’s third-quarter earnings call has been provided below.

This transcript is brought to you by Benzinga APIs. For real-time access to our entire catalog, please visit https://www.benzinga.com/apis/ for a consultation.

Access the full call at https://edge.media-server.com/mmc/p/xqcabu6b/

SummaryExponent Inc reported a strong Q3 2026, with an 18% increase in total revenues to $173.7 million and a 12% rise in net revenues to $153.1 million, driven by demand for engineering and scientific expertise.

Net income grew by 10% to $30.9 million, while diluted earnings per share increased by 16% to $0.64.

The company highlighted significant growth in user research, dispute, failure analysis, and product safety-related work, particularly in the technology, consumer products, chemicals, and transportation sectors.

AI-related work represents 15-20% of the business, with growing demand for AI system evaluations and problem-solving in real-world applications.

Future guidance for Q4 2026 anticipates 8-10% net revenue growth and EBITDA margins of 26.3% to 26.8%. Full-year guidance has been raised to 10-11% net revenue growth and EBITDA margins of 28% to 28.3%.

Exponent is enhancing recruiting efforts to meet increasing demand, particularly in human factors, biomechanics, thermal sciences, and health and environmental fields.

Management emphasized the company’s unique capabilities in addressing complex technological, regulatory, and safety challenges through integrated scientific and engineering expertise.

Full TranscriptOPERATOR

All participants will be in listen-only mode. Should you need assistance, please signal a conference specialist by pressing the star key followed by zero. After today’s presentation, there will be an opportunity to ask questions. To ask a question, you may press star then one on your telephone keypad. To withdraw your question, please press star then two. Please note today’s event is being recorded. I would now like to turn the conference over to Joni Konsontellos with Investor Relations.

Please go ahead.

Joni Konsontellos (Investor Relations)

Thank you, operator. Good afternoon, ladies and gentlemen. Thank you for joining us on Exponent’s third quarter 2026 financial results conference call. Please note that this call will be simultaneously webcast on the Investor Relations section of the company’s corporate website at www.investors.exponent.com. This conference call is the property of Exponent and any taping or other reproduction is expressly prohibited without prior written consent.

Joining me on the call today are Dr. Katherine Corrigan, Chief Executive Officer, Dr. John Pye, President, Rich Schlenker, Executive Vice President, and Eric Anderson, Chief Financial Officer. Before we start, I would like to remind you that the following discussion contains forward-looking statements, including but not limited to Exponent’s market opportunities and future financial results, that involve risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those discussed here. Additional information that could cause actual results to differ from forward-looking statements can be found in Exponent’s periodic SEC filings, including those factors discussed under the caption Risk Factors in Exponent’s most recent Form 10-Q. The forward-looking statements and risks in this conference call are based on current expectations as of today and Exponent assumes no obligation to update or revise them, whether as a result of new developments. And now I will turn the call over to Dr. Katherine Corrigan, Chief Executive Officer. Katherine.

Katherine Corrigan (Chief Executive Officer)

Thank you, Joni. And thank you, everyone, for joining us today. I will start off by reviewing our third quarter 2026 business performance. John will then share his perspective on innovation and market trends, and Eric will then provide a more detailed review of our financial results and outlook, and we will then open the call for questions. Before I get into our results, I want to thank those of you who joined us in Phoenix last month for our first Investor Day. We focused that day on a theme that is increasingly central to our business: the convergence of technology, infrastructure, and humans, and the opportunities for Exponent that emerge where they intersect. For those of you who were not able to join us, you can view the non-demonstration portions of the Investor Day on the Investor section of Exponent’s website.

Our goal in Phoenix was not simply to tell you what makes Exponent different, but to bring that differentiation to life and to make it memorable. And in many ways, our third quarter results provide another illustration of that story. Exponent delivered a strong third quarter with double-digit growth in revenues and earnings, reflecting continued demand for our specialized, integrated engineering and scientific expertise. User research continued to be a strong contributor to our growth, and importantly, that work continues to broaden across clients, products, and real-world environments. We also saw growth on top of a strong prior-year quarter in disputes, failure analysis, and product safety-related work across chemicals, consumer products, and transportation.

While these engagements span broad areas of our business, they increasingly reflect the same underlying forces we discussed at our Investor Day. Technology is advancing rapidly, becoming more deeply embedded in physical products and systems, and interacting with people in increasingly complex and consequential ways. We see that convergence particularly clearly in our user research work. As organizations bring new technologies to market, they increasingly need to understand not only whether the technology works, but how it performs when people actually use it in the real world.

That is making our studies both more diverse and more technically complex. Wearable devices, for example, are becoming much more sophisticated. A watch cannot directly measure many of the health variables we care about. Instead, it measures signals that it can directly access at the wrist and increasingly uses sophisticated analytics and machine learning to make predictions about things like cardiovascular health. That raises a much more complex question than whether the sensor itself works: Can those predictions be trusted as a basis for health decisions?

Answering that question requires novel methodologies, benchmarking performance against clinical reference standards, and an understanding of how performance changes across different people and real-world conditions. In consumer electronics, we are increasingly evaluating technology outside of controlled environments. Device users may be riding a bike, or driving a car, or navigating an airport. Our work in sensory perception is also expanding, analyzing how devices communicate information when users are already processing a complex physical environment. These are not simply questions about a device or algorithm. They are questions about the interaction among technology, human behavior, and the physical world.

Answering them takes a broader mix of expertise and requires us to design novel ways to measure both human performance and device behavior, and then interpret the results within the safety, regulatory, and business context our clients face. We see a similar convergence from a different vantage point when products and systems do not perform as intended. During the quarter, we saw increased dispute and failure analysis work across consumer products, chemicals, and transportation. In consumer products, we helped clients assess potential and actual product recalls tied to safety concerns, as expectations from consumers, regulators, and society continue to rise. As the race to embed AI into physical systems accelerates, the interaction among software, hardware, materials, human behavior, and the surrounding environment becomes more complex.

A single product safety investigation, for example, can bring together thermal scientists, mechanical engineers, and materials and polymer experts working together as one team. This is where Exponent’s differentiated position stands out. In transportation, we continue to see increased failure analysis work related to advanced driver assistance systems, another area where sophisticated technology must interact reliably with people and the physical environment. And in chemicals, we saw increased demand for dispute work tied to chemicals of concern, where evolving science, regulation, and societal expectations are creating increasingly complex questions for our clients. Across all these matters, the underlying need is remarkably consistent.

Clients need confidence that increasingly complex products, technologies, and infrastructure will perform safely and reliably in the real world. When they fall short, the consequences of failure are high, and they rely on Exponent for independent, evidence-based analysis and expert judgment that can withstand scrutiny, whether in a courtroom, before a regulator, or in the boardroom. That is why the people and capabilities we highlighted at our Investor Day really matter. We showed you firsthand what sets us apart: our integrated ecosystem of highly talented scientists and engineers, and our ability to bring the right combination of expertise together to solve complex, high-consequence challenges. I would now like to turn it over to our President, John Pye, to share his perspective on how AI is moving into the physical world and where he sees innovation heading across our markets.

John Pye (President)

Thank you, Kathryn. At Investor Day, we described AI as a stack with five layers, starting at the bottom with the electrons that power everything, the chips, the data centers that house them, the models, and at the top, the applications where AI interprets and acts on the physical world. Exponent has work at every layer of this stack. We draw upon our 60 years of science and engineering experience to help our clients extract the highest level of reliability out of supply chains that are under immense stress, delivering traditional products like generators, connectors, cables, even the concrete going into the buildings that make up a data center.

We are also helping those same clients deliver the innovative products that stretch the performance of technology in things like denser network switches and advanced cooling systems. Today, however, most of our AI-related work sits at the top of the stack, in the applications where we deliver the data that trains these systems and where we test how they perform in real-world conditions. In total, we estimate that AI is a direct element of roughly 15 to 20% of our business this year. That figure is an estimate because AI is embedded in so much of the technology our clients build that its influence reaches well beyond those engagements.

What we are seeing today is that questions that were hypothetical a year ago are becoming real projects. Clients using AI to design new materials and formulations are then asking us to evaluate those AI-generated recommendations that raise real safety questions. Others want to understand why an AI system made a particular decision in a vehicle, a device, or a piece of equipment. These engagements are still early, but they are real work, and the inquiries are growing as AI moves into the physical world.

The question is no longer whether it works, but it is what happened, why it happened, and, now more than ever, whether the answer can be trusted. When intelligent products behave unexpectedly, people turn to Exponent for explainability, clarity, and trust. I’ll now turn the call over to Eric to provide more detail on our third quarter results as well as discuss our outlook for the fourth quarter and the full year 2026.

Eric Anderson (Chief Financial Officer)

Thank you, John, and good afternoon, everyone. Let me start by saying all comparisons will be on a year-over-year basis unless otherwise noted. For the third quarter of 2026, total revenues increased 18% to $173.7 million, and revenues before reimbursements, or net revenues as I will refer to them from here on, increased 12% to $153.1 million as compared to the same period of 2025. Total revenues grew faster than net revenues due to a higher level of reimbursable expenses that are included in total revenues. Because reimbursable expenses can fluctuate quarter to quarter based on the mix and nature of client engagements, we believe that net revenue is a more meaningful measure of our underlying performance.

Net income for the third quarter increased 10% to $30.9 million as compared to $28 million during the same period in 2025. Diluted earnings per share increased 16% to $0.64 per share as compared to $0.55 per share during the same period last year. Over the past 12 months, we utilized $171 million for repurchases of our common stock, which resulted in a 5% decrease in our average diluted shares outstanding to 48.4 million shares during the third quarter of 2026 as compared to 51.2 million shares during the same period in 2025.

These repurchases also reduced our interest income. We did not repurchase any of our common stock during the third quarter of 2026. Exponent’s consolidated tax rate was 28% in the third quarter of 2026 compared to 27.4% for the same period in 2025. The tax impact associated with share-based awards was immaterial in both the third quarter of 2026 and 2025. EBITDA for the quarter increased 16% to $45 million, producing a margin of 29.4% of net revenues as compared to $38.8 million, or 28.3% of net revenues, in the same period of 2025.

Billable hours in the third quarter were approximately 405,000, an increase of 8% year over year. Average technical full-time equivalent employees in the third quarter were 1,016, up 4% as compared to one year ago. This increase was a result of our recruiting and retention efforts. Utilization in the third quarter was 76.7%, up from 74.1% in the same period of 2025. The realized rate increase during the third quarter was approximately 4%. In the third quarter, compensation expense, after adjusting for gains and losses in deferred compensation, increased 11%. Included in total compensation expense is a deferred compensation gain of $159,000 as compared to a gain of $7 million in the third quarter of 2025. As a reminder, gains and losses in deferred compensation are offset to miscellaneous income and have no impact on the bottom line. Stock-based compensation expense in the third quarter was $6.7 million as compared to $5.3 million in the prior-year period.

Other operating expenses in the third quarter were up 9% to $13.8 million due to investments in our corporate infrastructure. Included in other operating expenses is depreciation and amortization expense of $2.7 million. G&A expenses decreased 4% to $7.3 million for the third quarter, primarily reflecting lower travel and meal expenses associated with the smaller firmwide principals meeting held during the third quarter of 2026 as compared to the larger managers meeting held during the third quarter of 2025.

Interest income decreased to $668,000 for the third quarter driven by a decrease in cash. Regarding capital allocation during the quarter, capital expenditures were $1.2 million and we distributed $14.7 million to shareholders through dividend payments. Turning to our segments, Exponent’s Engineering and Other Scientific segment represented 85% of net revenues in the third quarter. Net revenues in this segment increased 13%, driven by strong user research activity spanning a broad set of challenges including health applications, dynamic and unstructured real-world environments, and sensory perception, along with dispute-related services involving chemical facilities, consumer products, and advanced transportation technologies.

Exponent’s Environmental Health segment represented 15% of net revenues in the third quarter. Net revenues in this segment increased 3%, driven by increased projects assessing the effects of chemicals on human health and the environment. Turning to our outlook for the fourth quarter of 2026 as compared to one year prior, we expect net revenues to grow 8% to 10% and EBITDA to be 26.3% to 26.8% of net revenues. For the full year of 2026, we are raising our net revenue and margin guidance. We now expect net revenue growth of 10% to 11% and EBITDA to be 28% to 28.3% of net revenues as compared to 27.6% in 2025. We expect our average technical full-time equivalent employees to increase approximately 4% to 5% year over year in the fourth quarter of 2026 and 4.7% to 5% for the full year.

We expect utilization in the fourth quarter to be 69% to 70% as compared to 69% in the same quarter last year. As a reminder, utilization is seasonally lower in the fourth quarter due to more holidays and vacations compared to other quarters. We expect the full-year utilization to be 73.5% to 74% as compared to 72.5% in 2025. We expect the year-over-year realized rate increase to be 3% to 3.5% for the fourth quarter of 2026 and 3.7% to 4% for the full year.

For the fourth quarter, we expect stock-based compensation to be $5.7 million to $5.9 million. For the full year 2026, we expect stock-based compensation to be $28.1 million to $28.4 million. We continue to believe that our stock-based compensation program is a key element to how we effectively attract, motivate, and retain our top talent. For the fourth quarter, we expect other operating expenses to be $13.5 million to $14 million. For the full year, we expect other operating expenses to be $53 million to $53.5 million.

For the fourth quarter, we expect G&A expense to be $7.2 million to $7.7 million, and for the full year we expect G&A expenses to be $28.1 million to $28.6 million. We expect interest income to be $700,000 to $900,000 for the fourth quarter. In addition, we anticipate miscellaneous income to be approximately $300,000. For the remainder of 2026, we do not anticipate any additional tax benefit associated with share-based awards. For the fourth quarter of 2026, we expect our tax rate to be approximately 28% as compared to 27.4% in the same quarter a year ago.

For the full year 2026, the tax rate is expected to be 28.5% as compared to 28% in 2025. Capital expenditures for the full year 2026 are expected to be $10 million to $12 million. We are pleased with the momentum we are carrying into the fourth quarter, and we are well positioned to finish 2026 on a strong note. I will now turn the call back to Katherine for closing remarks.

Katherine Corrigan (Chief Executive Officer)

Thank you, Eric. At Investor Day, we asked you to keep three questions in mind: Why is this market growing? Why does Exponent win? And why can Exponent continue to grow with it? This quarter’s results reinforce the answers to those questions. The market is growing because more is being asked of technology, infrastructure, and the people who depend on them. Artificial intelligence and other digital technologies are moving into the physical world. Demand for power and critical infrastructure is rising, and expectations for safety, reliability, and performance continue to grow. As these worlds converge, our clients’ questions are getting harder, not easier.

And Exponent wins because we are built for hard questions. Our approximately 1,000 consultants, more than 700 of whom hold doctoral degrees, work as an integrated ecosystem across engineering and the sciences. We start with real-world evidence, bring together the expertise each problem requires, and apply independent judgment to deliver conclusions that stand up to scrutiny. And that same complexity gives us confidence in the opportunity ahead. The forces driving demand for our expertise are strengthening. The range of problems our clients bring to us continues to expand. And our investments in talent and capabilities keep us at the leading edge. That is the foundation of our long-term growth framework and our confidence in Exponent’s ability to deliver sustainable long-term value for our shareholders. Operator, we are now ready for questions.

OPERATOR

Thank you. We will now begin the question-and-answer session. To ask a question, you may press star then one on your telephone keypad. If you are using a speakerphone, we ask that you please pick up your handset before pressing the keys. If at any time your question has been addressed and you’d like to withdraw your question, please press star then two. Today’s first question comes from Josh at UBS. Please go ahead. Hello, Josh. Is your line on mute, perhaps?

Josh (Analyst at UBS)

Hi, I’m sorry for that. Thanks for taking my question. I guess utilization was really strong in Q3, even though it’s usually a strong quarter anyways. Is it a function of kind of a structural productivity that you’ve been able to generate, or is there some calendar effects that kind of contribute into the utilization in the quarter?

Eric Anderson (Chief Financial Officer)

Yeah, Josh, this is Eric. It wasn’t really a structural calendar type thing. It was really just broad-based demand across the business. So the third quarter, it’s very few holidays and vacations like we have in the fourth quarter. So that utilization really just reflected, you know, dispute-related services across a broad set of industries, the ones we talk about in the press release—consumer products, chemicals, transportation—and just, you know, good business flow across most areas of our business.

On the proactive side, you know, on the studies, we did a little bit better than expected there. You know, we had talked about a large project that represents 4% of revenues in the second quarter. That project stepped down to 2.5% of revenues in the third quarter. We were expecting it to drop below 2%. So a little bit better than expected there. But that’s really what’s driving it. So it’s not associated with the calendar or holidays, vacations—just the business flow.

Josh (Analyst at UBS)

Okay, okay, that’s helpful. Thank you. And I think you made a comment on the prepared remarks about 15% to 20% of your business being directly related to AI. Now, I was wondering what that percentage would have been like a few years ago, and just kind of curious how the trajectory of this business has been kind of evolving. Thank you.

Katherine Corrigan (Chief Executive Officer)

I’m going to defer to Eric on the few years ago since I’m newer to the seat here. But I can tell you as you look into the future, you talk about the five layers of the stack. All of those layers are growing, Josh. Whether it’s the traditional work where it’s coding or a building catching on fire or an HVAC system not working, or whether it’s the newer stuff as you’re pressing on the technology, all of that is working. And then of course, our user research work that Katherine talked about fits in there too, where we’re delivering the data and helping think about what is the right data to push forward on those new applications.

So looking forward, you see continued growth there and perhaps even some accelerated growth in certain areas. But I’ll defer to Eric on the looking backward piece of what that might.

Eric Anderson (Chief Financial Officer)

Yeah, looking back, Josh, we’ve been doing work in this area for a number of years. So it wasn’t a small number two, three, four, or five years ago. Our work with advanced driver assistance systems and autonomous vehicles—we’ve been doing that for many years. And our risk management work for the utilities, machine learning, you know, that’s also a flow of work that’s been going on for probably the last five to ten years. So I don’t, I don’t have a number to give you.

But it wasn’t something close to zero. You know, we’ve been doing this work and building these capabilities over time.

Josh (Analyst at UBS)

Sure. That makes a lot of sense. And thanks for the color and congrats on the quarter.

Katherine Corrigan (Chief Executive Officer)

Thanks, Josh.

Eric Anderson (Chief Financial Officer)

Thanks, Josh.

OPERATOR

Thank you. And our next question today comes from Andrew Nicholas at William Blair. Please go ahead. Hi, good—

Andrew Nicholas (Analyst at William Blair)

Afternoon. Appreciate you taking my questions. I wanted to circle back to the utilization number in the quarter, I think highest you’ve had for several years, if I’m not mistaken. Curious on kind of how you view that from a headcount growth ambitions perspective or maybe even a pricing perspective. Obviously demand is really good. Your talent is in demand, as are the specialties that you focused on. Just wondering if this is an opportunity to really lean into the higher end of your kind of headcount growth aspirations or maybe lean a little bit further into pricing in ’27.

Any comments on kind of the interplay of utilization and pricing and headcount growth would be great.

Katherine Corrigan (Chief Executive Officer)

Yeah. Thank you, Andrew. And I think you’ve really hit the nail on the head. I mean, you can see the demand that is pushing on the business and you see that in the utilization and that’s very typically the first place where it shows up. But we are, what we say about the drivers is not a short term thing. Right. We see the demand drivers continuing to be strong and so we’re absolutely pushing that recruiting effort, those hiring efforts. We always want to balance the headcount growth with the demand.

In a perfect world, you sort of bring them along perfectly calibrated together. But look, our practices and our teams are very motivated to hire right now, as you might imagine. They are very busy and they see even more opportunity on the horizon. So it does give us an opportunity to say, hey, as we go into planning and as we’re doing now, we’re bringing the people in for the interviews. We’re out at the schools, especially in the fall recruiting season. This is a very important time of year for, for us when we talk about our university recruiting.

You know, we are looking at lateral type of hires from competitors, from industry, from the regulators. And so it’s really all those facets of our, of our recruiting strategy. We are, you know, we have turned up the dials on those and so are working to, you know, sort of balance those things. And I think, look, we’re still heading into the, you know, we’re in the midst of the planning process. We will obviously have more to say about things like pricing and, and specific headcount growth. But those are things that we are working very hard with our different business units on and look forward to sharing with you in another quarter.

Andrew Nicholas (Analyst at William Blair)

Very helpful, thank you. And then I was hoping you could maybe break out the growth between proactive and reactive in the quarter, at least at a high level quantitatively. I think as you mentioned in the release, it was a pretty tough compare, reactive in particular. So any color on how both of those parts of your business grew would be helpful. Thank you.

Eric Anderson (Chief Financial Officer)

Yep, I can give you a little color on that. So on the proactive side, it grew in the, call it the high teens, and the reactive side in the high single digits. And like you said, and like Katherine said in prepared remarks, that number on the reactive side was on top of a very strong quarter in Q3 of last year.

Katherine Corrigan (Chief Executive Officer)

Yeah. And I would add, Andrew, you know, the reactive work, the disputes work, it’s not a scenario where we had sort of one big project or two big projects. It really was kind of diversified across a number of these different areas and seeing that strong utilization in our disputes folks.

Andrew Nicholas (Analyst at William Blair)

Thank you very much.

OPERATOR

Thank you. Our next question today comes from Toby Sommer at Truist. Please go ahead.

Toby Sommer (Analyst at Truist)

Thanks. I want to start with just a small tactical question. The 4% project that went to two and a half, what’s the assumption in 4Q for the contribution from that project?

Eric Anderson (Chief Financial Officer)

Yeah, Toby, that project we expect to wind down to under 1% of revenues in the fourth quarter. So it’s not a big part of our forecast.

Toby Sommer (Analyst at Truist)

Sure, I appreciate that. Thank you. I wanted to ask a question about AI. Specific work in reactive engagements that look like at the investor day it sounded like more opportunity currently exists in early. We heard more examples about sort of proactive opportunities. But on the reactive side, as AI breaks something in the physical world and causes damages and creates exposures, is that already out there in the market? Is that something you’re involved in or is that a prospective opportunity?

John Pye (President)

Hey Toby, this is John. No, I think AI has been in products in one shape or form for several years now. You saw it probably most early in the transportation industry as you started getting into advanced driver assistance systems and then in automated vehicles. And there’s a large portion of what we do in that industry that is reactive. And so what did the machine do? When did it see what it was supposed to see? Did it do the right thing upon seeing that, did it turn right or left as Kathryn always is fond of saying in her examples.

That part of the work is not a future-looking expectation, that’s here right now. And then as AI makes it into other areas where decisions are being made and there’s safety consequences. The example I gave around chemical formulations and things like that, those are examples that are happening right now. Have they moved into the litigation stage where there’s a dispute around them? Well, that’s maybe a little bit early, but you can continue to see the pace of that moving forward.

Katherine Corrigan (Chief Executive Officer)

Yeah, and I would just add the next place where we’re starting to see more is going to be the medical device arena. When you think about that wearable or that technology that’s giving a health-related decision, that is not at the level of the advanced driver assistance piece that John was talking about. But that’s kind of as I see it, on the reactive side, maybe the next kind of sort of ramp that we have to think about.

Rich Schlenker (Executive Vice President)

Yeah, Toby, this is Rich, just a little bit to add here. That’s really the related part that we’ve been talking of traditional parts of the AI stack which are that we are already seeing construction disputes related to AI systems. We are already working on significant events that have occurred, fires. And at data centers around the world we are being called in to help clients on failure analysis of components. So that’s everything from corrosion related to liquid cooling systems.

It is failures of routers. Those have really been helping people at that level just get over the hump and push the thing aside and, and get the feedback into their vendors. History tells us eventually those end up with, when people slow down a little, they end up with the dispute between the supplier and the OEM that needs to be worked out as a, you know, where the finances get paid for those corrections. We saw that across almost every automotive manufacturer in the electric vehicle area.

Every one of them had product recalls around the battery systems that were out there, eventually worked through it. Many of them ended up having to work things out financially with their suppliers related to that. So these are the things that are in the early days that are building up, but they’re all the things that we’ve been working on, as John said, for 16 years.

Toby Sommer (Analyst at Truist)

Is there much of a track record of examples of reactive projects where the actual AI firms developing the models and new models, as those models sometimes go rogue or do something unintended? Is that kind of stuff percolating in the judicial system or in the regulatory environment?

Rich Schlenker (Executive Vice President)

Well, I mean it’s every news article you read these days. And that makes it certainly through the regulatory side as you try to figure out where it’s going and ultimately into the disputes world. I think it shows up in all of those things, Toby. Our exposure to that is I think more on the earlier stages rather than in the dispute that will ultimately come up when the AI shuts down your travel reservation system or the cybersecurity is maybe not where you wanted it to and something happens there.

But I think that’s just a matter of time how it works its way into a more significant portion of our workflow. And I think, look, the perfect example, which Exponent has been executing on here for a number of years but is now cases that are related to fully autonomous is in the vehicle area. This is where these systems have come in. There is actual product liability suits. There are actual regulatory investigations into each of these questions of why the vehicle didn’t stop or why did the, you know, the Cruise vehicle make the decision it made nearly two years ago in San Francisco.

Those are the questions Exponent’s being asked to answer. We’ve written the reports that are public in some of these matters. Others are maybe a litigation matter and might not be out there, but some of these are out there in the public. So that is what’s happened in that environment. It will play out across the rest of the products areas over time.

Toby Sommer (Analyst at Truist)

Thank you. You’ve been generous with your time. I’d like to ask one more. In your hiring outlook, what other areas of the business or practices or even scientific specialties do you expect to hire the most in?

Katherine Corrigan (Chief Executive Officer)

Yeah, I can jump in on that. Look, it’s a lot of different areas. Human factors is one example. When you think about the human-machine interface and that convergence that we’ve been talking about, that’s going to pull in your human factors, it’s pulling in your biomechanics as well. When you think about the data center infrastructure side of what’s going on and also the energy side of the market drivers for us there, you’re talking about your thermal scientists, you’re talking about your polymer folks, you’re talking about your metallurgists, you’re also talking about people with energy storage type of experience.

And look, we also have to think about that health and environmental side. You know, this has been a place where we have invested in senior talent and we will continue to do that. When you think about things like PFAS, you think about other emerging chemicals and you know, those are places where we not only are hiring in health and environmental, but we’re hiring on the engineering side and the material side, because it’s those questions of, you know, where are the replacements for these materials and why are they useful in products are the kinds of questions that are arising.

So, you know, those are some of the examples of places where, you know, when we’re at the universities, we’re looking at the different laboratories, the different departments where we’re very focused.

Toby Sommer (Analyst at Truist)

Thank you.

OPERATOR

Thank you. And our next question today comes from Tomo Sano at JPMorgan. Please go ahead.

Tomo Sano (Analyst at JPMorgan)

Hi, good afternoon everyone. Thank you. Maybe on the Q4 outlook, you’re guiding to 8% to 10% growth versus 4% in Q3, despite the easier year-over-year comps. Could you talk about what’s driving that moderation? Is it project timing or are there any areas where you see assuming some slowing in demand?

Eric Anderson (Chief Financial Officer)

Yeah, Tomo, it’s not on a sequential basis. It’s not really moderating. So we guided to 69% to 70% utilization. Josh earlier asked a question about the holidays and vacations or the structural part of that. That 69% to 70% utilization in the fourth quarter is roughly equivalent to the 77% that we just did in the third quarter. So we’re expecting this, you know, robust level of activity to continue into the fourth quarter. When I look back at the fourth quarter last year, that was also a very busy quarter, you know, 69.2% utilization, the fourth quarter strong.

So we’ve got a tough comparable is why you’re seeing that at 8% to 10%, you know, versus low double digits like we just did in the third quarter.

Tomo Sano (Analyst at JPMorgan)

Okay, thank you. And if you could talk about environmental and health, that was actually up 3%, well below engineering and then scientific. What would you say need to change for the growth in that segment to reaccelerate? And are you seeing any signs of that today?

Katherine Corrigan (Chief Executive Officer)

Yeah, thanks, Tomo. And I was alluding to that a little bit in my comments just a minute ago. You know, this is a place where we are very focused on recruiting, and in particular senior recruiting. We’ve brought on some principal-level folks in the last 12 to 18 months. They continue to ramp and we continue to make those investments. So that’s a key element of making sure that we can see sustainable growth over time. Because what you can then do when you have those principals is you are building additional teams underneath them.

You’re able to expand your capabilities, maybe across different emerging chemicals and different issues, both on the reactive and the proactive side. And look, this business very much splits across those two pieces, right? We have the dispute-related work around chemicals in the environment, but there’s also the proactive regulatory piece of that business. And that is a place where, again, we continue to seed with hires. You know, we are taking those out of regulators, for example, and we continue to work with clients on what their latest technologies are. So it’s a, you know, look, it’s about building the capability, envisioning what the emerging trends are, and positioning ourselves with the talent to then capture that work.

Tomo Sano (Analyst at JPMorgan)

Thank you, Katherine. And if I can squeeze just one more on capital allocations. So you repurchased about $146 million of the stock year-to-date. How are you thinking about the pace of buybacks from here versus preserving capital for investment or M&A?

Eric Anderson (Chief Financial Officer)

Yeah, our philosophy on that hasn’t changed. You know, we are going to continue to pay a dividend. We’re going to buy back shares when there’s pullbacks in the stock price like we did during the first half of this year. We’ve still got that $50 million that the board authorized for share repurchases. So going forward, our, you know, our philosophy is not going to change. We’re obviously going to evaluate opportunities for maybe a small acquisition here or there and other, you know, investments that we can make into the business and deploy cash, you know, consistent with how we have in the past.

Tomo Sano (Analyst at JPMorgan)

Right. Thank you, Eric. That’s all from me.

Katherine Corrigan (Chief Executive Officer)

Thanks so much.

OPERATOR

Thanks, everyone. That concludes today’s question and answer session and today’s conference call. We thank you all for attending today’s presentation. You may now disconnect your lines and have a wonderful day.

Disclaimer: This transcript is provided for informational purposes only. While we strive for accuracy, there may be errors or omissions in this automated transcription. For official company statements and financial information, please refer to the company’s SEC filings and official press releases. Corporate participants’ and analysts’ statements reflect their views as of the date of this call and are subject to change without notice.

© 2026 Benzinga.com. Benzinga does not provide investment advice. All rights reserved.
2026-10-29 23:58 2d ago
2026-10-29 18:36 2d ago
Exponent (EXPO) Tops Q3 Earnings and Revenue Estimates
EXPO Exponent
FMP Stock News
Original source text
Exponent (EXPO - Free Report) came out with quarterly earnings of $0.64 per share, beating the Zacks Consensus Estimate of $0.6 per share. This compares to earnings of $0.55 per share a year ago. These figures are adjusted for non-recurring items.

This quarterly report represents an earnings surprise of +6.67%. A quarter ago, it was expected that this engineering and scientific consulting company would post earnings of $0.55 per share when it actually produced earnings of $0.6, delivering a surprise of +9.09%.

Over the last four quarters, the company has surpassed consensus EPS estimates four times.

Exponent, which belongs to the Zacks Consulting Services industry, posted revenues of $153.06 million for the quarter ended September 2026, surpassing the Zacks Consensus Estimate by 2.72%. This compares to year-ago revenues of $137.07 million. The company has topped consensus revenue estimates four times over the last four quarters.

The sustainability of the stock's immediate price movement based on the recently-released numbers and future earnings expectations will mostly depend on management's commentary on the earnings call.

Exponent shares have added about 11% since the beginning of the year versus the S&P 500's gain of 13.1%.

What's Next for Exponent?While Exponent has underperformed the market so far this year, the question that comes to investors' minds is: what's next for the stock?

There are no easy answers to this key question, but one reliable measure that can help investors address this is the company's earnings outlook. Not only does this include current consensus earnings expectations for the coming quarter(s), but also how these expectations have changed lately.

Empirical research shows a strong correlation between near-term stock movements and trends in earnings estimate revisions. Investors can track such revisions by themselves or rely on a tried-and-tested rating tool like the Zacks Rank, which has an impressive track record of harnessing the power of earnings estimate revisions.

Ahead of this earnings release, the estimate revisions trend for Exponent was mixed. While the magnitude and direction of estimate revisions could change following the company's just-released earnings report, the current status translates into a Zacks Rank #3 (Hold) for the stock. So, the shares are expected to perform in line with the market in the near future. You can see the complete list of today's Zacks #1 Rank (Strong Buy) stocks here.

It will be interesting to see how estimates for the coming quarters and the current fiscal year change in the days ahead. The current consensus EPS estimate is $0.51 on $139.04 million in revenues for the coming quarter and $2.31 on $588.74 million in revenues for the current fiscal year.

Investors should be mindful of the fact that the outlook for the industry can have a material impact on the performance of the stock as well. In terms of the Zacks Industry Rank, Consulting Services is currently in the top 40% of the 250 plus Zacks industries. Our research shows that the top 50% of the Zacks-ranked industries outperform the bottom 50% by a factor of more than 2 to 1.

One other stock from the same industry, CRA International (CRAI - Free Report) , is yet to report results for the quarter ended September 2026. The results are expected to be released on November 5.

This consulting firm is expected to post quarterly earnings of $2.06 per share in its upcoming report, which represents no change from the year-ago quarter. The consensus EPS estimate for the quarter has remained unchanged over the last 30 days.

CRA International's revenues are expected to be $198.64 million, up 6.9% from the year-ago quarter.
2026-10-29 23:56 2d ago
2026-10-29 18:47 2d ago
Landstar Investigation Notice: SueWallSt Notifies Investors of Pending Investigation Into Landstar (LSTR)
LSTR Landstar System
FMP Stock News
Original source text
Previews positioned Landstar as an earnings-beat candidate heading into its October 27 report. Instead, the quarter fell short of analyst expectations on earnings and LSTR shares dropped. SueWallSt notifies investors of a pending investigation into potential securities law violations on behalf of affected investors.

, /PRNewswire/ -- Wall Street was looking for a beat when Landstar System, Inc. (NASDAQ: LSTR) reported third-quarter results after the close on October 27, 2026. Instead, earnings came in below analyst expectations and shares fell more than 15%. If you bought LSTR heading into that report and are now holding a loss, you may have legal rights. Shareholders who lost money on Landstar are encouraged to submit your loss details for a free case review today. You may also contact Joseph E. Levi, Esq. via email at [email protected] or by telephone at (888) SueWallSt.

Headed into the print, analysts reportedly were expecting earnings per share of approximately $1.62 to $1.67. Landstar reported EPS of just $1.42. In its release, Landstar noted it was "negatively impacted by highly elevated insurance and claim costs." Elaborating during the earnings call, CEO Frank Lonegro noted they had "approximately $22 million of net unfavorable adjustments to prior year claim estimates," comprised of $13 million in unfavorable adjustments and reserves and $8 million from the settlement of two claims. Reportedly, insurance and claim expenses rose to $55.3 million from $33.0 million in the prior-year period, hurting bottom-line performance despite top-line growth.

If the post-earnings decline cost you money on LSTR, request a confidential evaluation of your losses or call Joseph E. Levi, Esq. at (888) SueWallSt.

WHY SUEWALLST: SueWallSt is powered by Levi & Korsinsky LLP. Levi & Korsinsky LLP has established itself as a nationally-recognized securities litigation firm that has secured hundreds of millions of dollars for aggrieved shareholders and built a track record of winning high-stakes cases. The firm has extensive expertise representing investors in complex securities litigation and a team of over 70 employees to serve our clients. For seven years in a row, Levi & Korsinsky has ranked in ISS Securities Class Action Services' Top 50 Report as one of the top securities litigation firms in the United States.

Frequently Asked Questions About the LSTR Investigation

Q: How much did LSTR stock drop?A: Shares opened down approximately $25.65, or about 15% on October 28, 2026, following investor reaction to Landstar System, Inc.'s (NASDAQ: LSTR) reported third-quarter results. Investors who purchased shares at allegedly inflated prices and suffered losses may be eligible to seek compensation.

Q: Which statements are being investigated as potentially misleading?A: The investigation concerns whether Landstar may have made misleading statements or may not have adequately disclosed information regarding its third-quarter profitability. After the Company reported earnings below analyst expectations on October 27, 2026, the stock price declined 15% by the time the market opened the following morning.

Q: What do LSTR investors need to do right now?A: Investors may gather brokerage records showing purchase dates, share quantities, and prices paid. Submit your information for a no-cost, no-obligation evaluation of your potential recovery. No immediate action is required to remain eligible to participate in the investigation.

Q: What documents do I need to participate?A: Brokerage statements or trade confirmations showing purchase dates, share quantities, prices paid, and any subsequent sale dates and prices.

Q: What if I already sold my LSTR shares -- can I still recover losses?A: Yes. Eligibility is based on when you purchased, not whether you still hold the shares. Investors who bought LSTR and sold at a loss may still participate in the investigation.

Q: What if my LSTR losses are small -- is it still worth contacting a lawyer?A: Yes. There is no minimum loss amount required to participate in the investigation.

Q: Do I need to go to court or give testimony?A: No. Participating in the investigation does not require court appearances or depositions. If legal action is later pursued, the overwhelming majority of affected investors never appear in court either.

Q: What does it cost me to participate?A: There is no upfront cost to submit your information and review whether you may be eligible to recover. Should you choose to participate in any resulting action, these matters are generally handled on a contingency basis, with any attorneys' fees and expenses subject to court approval.

CONTACT:
Levi & Korsinsky, LLP
Joseph E. Levi, Esq.
33 Whitehall Street, 27th Floor
New York, NY 10004
[email protected]
Tel: (888) SueWallSt
Fax: (212) 363-7171

Attorney Advertising. Prior results do not guarantee similar outcomes.

SOURCE Levi & Korsinsky, LLP
2026-10-29 23:56 2d ago
2026-10-29 18:29 2d ago
Broadstone Net Lease, Inc. (BNL) Q3 2026 Earnings Call Transcript
BNL Broadstone Net Lease
FMP Stock News
Original source text
Broadstone Net Lease, Inc. ( BNL ) Q3 2026 Earnings Call October 29, 2026 11:00 AM EDT Company Participants Brent Maedl - Director of Corporate Finance & Investor Relations John Moragne - CEO & Director Ryan Albano - President & COO Kevin Fennell - Executive VP, CFO & Treasurer Conference Call Participants Eric Borden - BMO Capital Markets Equity Research Anthony Paolone - JPMorgan Chase & Co, Research Division Jay Kornreich - Cantor Fitzgerald & Co., Research Division Caitlin Burrows - Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Research Division Upal Rana - KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc., Research Division Linda Tsai - Truist Securities, Inc., Research Division Michael Goldsmith - UBS Investment Bank, Research Division Ryan Caviola - Green Street Advisors, LLC, Research Division Ronald Kamdem - Morgan Stanley, Research Division Michael Gorman - BTIG, LLC, Research Division Presentation Operator Hello, and welcome to Broadstone Net Lease's Third Quarter 2026 Earnings Conference Call. My name is Matthew, and I will be your operator today.
2026-10-29 23:54 2d ago
2026-10-29 19:11 2d ago
Shareholders who sold shares of Skechers (NYSE: SKX) should contact Wolf Haldenstein Immediately
SKX Skechers USA
FMP Stock News
Original source text
Lead Plaintiff Deadline December 21, 2026

, /PRNewswire/ -- Wolf Haldenstein Adler Freeman & Herz LLP ("Wolf Haldenstein"), a nationally recognized securities litigation law firm, announces that a securities class action lawsuit has been filed in the United States District Court for the Central District of California against Skechers U.S.A., Inc. (NYSE: SKX) ("Skechers" or the "Company") and certain of its officers and directors, as well as 3G Capital Partners L.P., Greenhill & Co., LLC and related defendants. The lawsuit was filed on behalf of all persons or entities that sold shares of Skechers Class A common stock from April 24, 2025 through September 12, 2025, including those who sold shares in the Going - Private acquisition of Skechers by 3G Capital Partners L.P. and its affiliates on September 12, 2025.

Investors who sold Skechers shares during the period noted above, may be eligible to participate in the case, with the lead-plaintiff deadline set for December 21, 2026.

PLEASE CLICK HERE TO SUBMIT CONTACT AND TRADE INFORMATION

The filed Complaint alleges that throughout the Class Period, Defendants made materially false and misleading statements and omitted material facts concerning Skechers Going-Private Acquisition in the April 24, 2025 Information Statement and related public reports. Specifically, the Complaint alleges that the Skechers Defendants:

falsely represented that the acquisition and the $63 per share consideration were fair;made misleading statements about the mixed merger consideration and the impact of U.S. and China tariffs on the Company; andmisled investors about strategic alternatives and efforts to explore those alternatives.WHY WOLF HALDENSTEIN?

This illustrious firm, founded in 1888, is steadfast in its pursuit of justice for investors who have suffered financial harm due to these misrepresented statements. The law firm brings to the fore over 125 years of legal expertise in securities litigation and has a proven record of protecting the rights of investors.

We encourage all investors who have been affected or have information that will assist in our investigation, to contact Wolf Haldenstein Adler Freeman & Herz LLP.

There is no cost or obligation to speak with an attorney.

Contact:

Phone: (800) 575-0735 or (212) 545-4774Email: [email protected]Contact Person: Gregory Stone, Director of Case and Financial AnalysisFirm Website: Wolf Haldenstein Adler Freeman & Herz LLP

This press release may be considered Attorney Advertising in some jurisdictions under the applicable law and ethical rules.

SOURCE Wolf Haldenstein Adler Freeman & Herz LLP
2026-10-29 23:54 2d ago
2026-10-29 18:08 2d ago
Twilio Q3 2026 Earnings Call Transcript
TWLO Twilio
FMP Stock News
Original source text
Twilio (NYSE:TWLO) reported third-quarter financial results on Thursday. The transcript from the company’s third-quarter earnings call has been provided below.

This transcript is brought to you by Benzinga APIs. For real-time access to our entire catalog, please visit https://www.benzinga.com/apis/ for a consultation.

View the webcast at https://edge.media-server.com/mmc/p/322yprpw

SummaryTwilio Inc reported a strong Q3 2026 with a 16% year-over-year organic revenue growth and a 20% increase on a reported basis, reaching $1.56 billion in revenue.

The company generated a record $326 million in non-GAAP income from operations and $370 million in free cash flow, with a non-GAAP gross profit growth of 18% year over year.

Twilio is strategically focusing on accelerating AI adoption, with growth in voice and consumer AI applications, and launched new identity offerings in private beta.

Twilio’s Q3 results saw significant wins with multi-product customers and AI-native platforms, contributing to a dollar-based net expansion rate of 114%.

Guidance for Q4 2026 projects revenue between $1.595 to $1.605 billion, with an increase in full-year 2026 organic revenue growth outlook to 15% from the previous 13%-13.5%.

Full TranscriptOPERATOR

Good day and thank you for standing by. Welcome to Twilio’s third quarter 2026 earnings conference call. At this time we are in a listen-only mode. After the speakers’ presentation there will be a question-and-answer session. To ask a question during the session you will need to press star 11 on your telephone. You will then hear an automated message advising that your hand is raised. To withdraw your question, please press star 11 again. Please be advised that today’s conference call is being recorded.

I would now like to hand the conference over to your first speaker today, Rodney Nelson. Please go ahead.

Rodney Nelson (Investor Relations)

Good afternoon everyone and thank you for joining us for Twilio’s third quarter 2026 earnings conference call. Joining me today are Khozema Shipchandler, Chief Executive Officer, Aidan Viggiano, Chief Financial Officer, and Thomas Wyatt, Chief Operating Officer. As a reminder, we will disclose non-GAAP financial measures on this call. Definitions and reconciliations between our GAAP and non-GAAP results can be found in our earnings presentation posted on our IR website at investors.twilio.com.

We will also make forward-looking statements on this call, including statements about our future outlook and goals. Such statements are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described. Many of those risks and uncertainties are described in our SEC filings, including our most recent Form 10-K and our forthcoming Form 10-Q. Forward-looking statements represent our beliefs and assumptions only as of the date such statements are made.

We disclaim any obligation to update any forward-looking statements except as required by law. With that, I’ll hand it over to Khozema and Aidan who will discuss our Q3 results and then we’ll open the call for Q&A.

Khozema Shipchandler (Chief Executive Officer)

Thanks, Rodney. Good afternoon everyone and thank you for joining us today. Twilio had a great third quarter. Revenue grew 16% organically while non-GAAP gross profit grew 18% year over year. We generated $326 million in non-GAAP income from operations and $370 million in free cash flow, record quarters for both. We are in the very early stages of an AI supercycle. Voice and consumer AI have gained early traction, but penetration is still extremely low. This bodes very well for Twilio. Developers and enterprises alike choose Twilio because of our fast, trusted, and reliable infrastructure that works seamlessly with their existing technology stacks. Customers grow with Twilio because we provide global scale and rich context, and integrate to virtually any technology, as companies continue experimenting with which AI environments are optimally tuned for their purposes.

In short, we provide fast ROI so our customers can take advantage of the incredible innovations spurred by AI today and the inevitable innovations to come tomorrow. The leading voice and consumer AI companies are using our platform to power the first wave of agentic experiences. While the growth rates of these companies are incredible and the technology is awesome, as consumers, most of us have limited interactions with both voice and consumer AI in daily life. Part of this is just the natural adoption cycle, which should create enormous tailwinds for the company. Part of this has to do with trust, knowing who or what an agent represents and always understanding what it’s doing, why, and for how long.

And finally, ROI has been hard to come by. This is a good setup for Twilio. We are building a company to accelerate AI adoption. We have long provided a context layer that allows every customer to utilize personalized data to enrich every interaction with the consumer, yielding increased revenue and lower cost plus a better consumer outcome. We have also provided tools such as branded calling and verification capabilities which lead to higher conversion rates and reinforce trust.

At our SIGNAL conference, we included all of these capabilities in a massively simplified console that is easier than ever for developers to utilize and purpose-built for agents as tools like frontier models and Vibe coding applications take off. In addition, we wrapped all of these offerings together so customers can utilize what they need: basic infrastructure, data, hydrated channels, or a complete solution such as Conversation Relay, which remains technology-agnostic at the application layer, allowing customers to make their own technology decisions while ensuring easy integration to our technology partners.

We launched these capabilities as part of a broader Conversations layer which is gaining real momentum in the marketplace. More recently we launched an identity offering into private beta so businesses are able to safely validate who an agent is representing, irrespective of the AI modality they utilize—application, channel, or technology protocol. While it is extremely early, we have been encouraged by customer feedback and intend to launch an offering into general availability next year.

The breadth of the AI opportunity was particularly evident at our annual ExecConnect customer event that we hosted a few weeks ago for top executives from Twilio’s largest customers. The input from customers was encouraging relative to our recent releases and product roadmap. Businesses need trusted channels, they need global scale, they need context, they need higher conversion rates and increasingly they need secure identity, governance, and observability.

They want Twilio to help them innovate at AI speed. Our results reflect this demand. In Q3 we saw continued strong growth in self-serve and ISVs as well as ongoing strength in Voice and Messaging. Our go-to-market team landed notable wins including our first eight-figure Conversations deal with a health insurance provider. This company’s voice AI agent is powered by Conversation Relay and Conversation Intelligence’s real-time transcription to enhance call tracking and reduce agent wrap-up time. We also signed deals with Chapter, Ultra, P11 Labs, Gong, Hugo Boss, Mira AI, Rivian, and Usher.

Our customers continue to expand their usage of the platform across multiple products as their customer needs become more complex, and revenue growth from multi-product customers continues to outpace our corporate average. For example, Mira AI, an AI reachability platform connecting humans and AI agents with hard-to-reach consumers, expanded their messaging use case to include Voice and our Conversations layer. They’re using both to coordinate multi-channel outreach, preserve conversation context, and support consultative sales conversations with proper lead qualification.

Or Usher, the AI-native platform for agentic customer experiences in healthcare, insurance, and the public sector, signed a seven-figure expansion with Twilio. Usher uses Twilio Voice, Messaging, and WhatsApp for multi-channel engagement and is expanding its voice AI capabilities with Conversation Relay. Major health plans use Usher to engage millions of members through multilingual two-way conversations and have achieved 3x higher Medicaid re-enrollment completion rates compared with human-led outreach.

Beyond Medicaid, Usher’s AI agents resolve inquiries and complete complex customer journeys end to end, with customers automating 20% or more of inbound call volume. Another example is Gong, the leading revenue AI company, which signed a seven-figure deal to continue using Voice and other software add-ons for Gong Engage, its AI-powered sales engagement solution. Or Eltropy, an agentic AI platform for credit unions and community banks, which has invested in Twilio’s Conversations layer, and its voice agents now resolve up to 70% of routine member calls on their own. In Q3 the company signed an expansion deal to use both RCS and Branded Calling to improve its trusted customer interactions across multiple channels.

And finally, Chapter, a consumer services company, signed a seven-figure deal to migrate its contact center onto Flex, standing up a fully live deployment in a matter of weeks as part of a broader move to make Twilio the backbone of its customer service operations. In addition, they will leverage Messaging, Voice, and software add-ons like Branded Calling to power a multi-channel experience for their customers. With these customer examples, you can see the power of Twilio. Consumers dictate the terms of how they want businesses to engage with them in their preferred channels and at their preferred time, and they want the ability to seamlessly escalate an interaction to a human agent whenever they want. This richness and flexibility requires significant breadth in technology capabilities, and our innovative platform continues earning validation from analysts, as we were named a Major Player in IDC’s 2026 Conversational Intelligence and Analytics MarketScape during the quarter.

Over the past three years we have accelerated revenue and gross profit growth, increased operating leverage, generated substantial free cash flow, and reduced dilution. We operate from a position of strength. We are committed to creating great financial outcomes for investors and also have the capacity to invest organically and move nimbly on capital allocation, whether additional share repurchases or M&A. We will continue to innovate with focus, discipline, and rigor, anticipating our customers’ needs so they can focus on building their companies.

We have been building Twilio for this moment since inception. We provided essential technology infrastructure that accelerated customers through a variety of technology cycles, and today our newest generation of technology allows another wave of companies in the AI era to move faster than ever. We continue to see an incredibly meaningful set of problems to solve on behalf of our customers in a landscape that is moving fast. We have the financial strength, trusted infrastructure, and innovation wherewithal to win through any cycle.

And with that I’ll turn it over

Aidan Viggiano (Chief Financial Officer)

Thanks, Khozema, and good afternoon, everyone. Twilio had a great Q3, delivering record revenue of $1.56 billion, up 20% year over year on a reported basis and 16% year over year on an organic basis, which excludes incremental U.S. carrier pass-through fees. Non-GAAP gross profit grew 18% year over year. We also generated record non-GAAP income from operations of $326 million and record free cash flow of $370 million. Top-line performance was driven by broad-based strength across our product portfolio and key go-to-market focus areas. Our self-serve channel delivered 30% plus revenue growth while ISV revenue grew 20% plus. Messaging revenue growth was 24% driven primarily by strong volumes and aided by growth in WhatsApp and RCS. Incremental carrier fees contributed roughly 7 points to Messaging’s growth. Voice revenue grew 20% plus, once again driven by a balance of volume growth and software add-ons.

We continue to see strong growth from AI natives and adoption of software add-ons such as Branded Calling, Conversation Intelligence, Conversation Relay, and Verify. Finally, total software add-on revenue growth was 25% plus, and support and services grew 30% plus. Our Q3 dollar-based net expansion rate was 114%, reflecting the improved growth trends we’ve seen in our business over the last several quarters. Incremental carrier fees contributed roughly 4 points to DBNE. We delivered record non-GAAP gross profit of $768 million, growing 18% year over year—our third consecutive quarter of 15% plus non-GAAP gross profit growth. This was driven by continued momentum in our higher-margin products in addition to our proactive efforts to deliver meaningful cost efficiencies across our platform.

Non-GAAP gross margin was 49.2%, down 90 basis points year over year and up 20 basis points quarter over quarter. We incurred incremental U.S. carrier pass-through fees of $53 million, which drove the year-over-year decline. Without these incremental fees, non-GAAP gross margin would have been up 80 basis points year over year and up 30 basis points quarter over quarter. Q3 non-GAAP income from operations came in ahead of expectations at $326 million, up 39% year over year and our fastest growth rate in over two years, driven by strong gross profit growth and continued cost leverage. Non-GAAP income from operations benefited from roughly $11 million in platform credits, which was higher than we anticipated. Non-GAAP operating margin was 21%, up 290 basis points year over year and up 190 basis points quarter over quarter.

Our Q3 non-GAAP operating margin includes a roughly 70 basis point headwind from incremental U.S. carrier fees. We generated $149 million in GAAP income from operations, up 263% year over year. Q3 stock-based compensation as a percentage of revenue was 9.9%, down 230 basis points year over year and up 40 basis points quarter over quarter. We generated record free cash flow of $370 million in the quarter. Additionally, we completed $127 million in share repurchases in Q3 and have roughly $700 million remaining on our current buyback authorization.

Turning to guidance for Q4, we’re initiating a revenue target of $1.595 to $1.605 billion, representing 17% to 17.5% reported growth and 11% to 12% organic growth. Our Q4 reported revenue guidance assumes approximately $75 million in incremental U.S. carrier fees. As a reminder, our organic revenue excludes the contribution from incremental increases to U.S. carrier fees and acquisition-related revenue. In addition, we expect non-GAAP gross profit growth to be similar to organic revenue growth in Q4 due to higher hosting costs for the holiday shopping season and with our email cloud migration now behind us.

Based on our year-to-date performance and our Q4 guidance, we’re raising our full-year 2026 organic revenue growth outlook to 15%, up from 13% to 13.5% previously. We are raising our reported revenue growth outlook to 20%, up from 18% to 18.5% previously. In addition, we continue to expect full-year non-GAAP gross profit growth to be similar to our organic revenue growth rate. Our full-year revenue guidance assumes approximately $245 million in incremental pass-through revenue from U.S. carrier fees.

As a reminder, while the pass-through fees have no impact on our gross profit, income from operations, or free cash flow dollars, they do impact our margin rates. For modeling purposes, we would expect the incremental fees to reduce our full-year 2026 non-GAAP gross margin by roughly 200 basis points when compared with our full-year 2025 non-GAAP gross margin, all else equal. Turning to our profit outlook for Q4, we expect non-GAAP income from operations of $300 to $310 million. We are raising our full-year 2026 non-GAAP income from operations range to $1.19 to $1.2 billion, up from $1.135 to $1.155 billion previously. Similarly, we are raising our full-year free cash flow guidance to $1.19 to $1.2 billion.

Before we open the call for questions, we also wanted to provide a preliminary outlook for 2027. We’ve delivered nine consecutive quarters of double-digit organic revenue growth alongside consistent operating leverage and are in a strong position heading into the year end. Based on the trends we see in the business, we expect full-year 2027 organic revenue growth of at least 10%, well above our 2025 Investor Day framework of 7% to 8% annual organic revenue growth.

We expect 2027 non-GAAP gross profit growth to be similar to organic revenue growth. Turning to profitability, we expect 2027 non-GAAP income from operations of at least $1.35 billion, above our most recent guidance of at least $1.23 billion, which we provided on our Q4 2025 earnings call. We also expect free cash flow of at least $1.35 billion. We will provide more commentary on our fiscal 2027 outlook on our Q4 26 earnings call. Finally, Twilio will host an Investor Day in conjunction with our upcoming Signal Conference taking place in San Francisco on April 13 and 14, 2027. I’m very pleased with the strong revenue and gross profit growth we delivered in the third quarter as well as our ongoing financial discipline that is driving strong profitability and free cash flow. We remain focused on our key go-to-market initiatives and on delivering the essential infrastructure that will help our customers win in the AI era.

And with that, we’ll now open it up for questions.

OPERATOR

Thank you. At this time we will conduct the question-and-answer session. As a reminder, to ask a question, you will need to press star-1-1 on your telephone and wait for your name to be announced. To withdraw your question, please press star-1-1 again. Please wait while we compile the Q&A roster. Our first question comes from the line of Elizabeth Porter from Morgan Stanley. Elizabeth, your line is open.

Elizabeth Porter (Analyst)

Hi, thank you so much for the question. I just had a first question. Just in the first half of the year, you saw organic revenue growth outperform guidance by a bit of a larger than normal magnitude in the first two quarters, whereas the magnitude of beat now is just a little bit more modest and more normalized in Q3. So could you help us unpack what drove the upside relative to your expectations this quarter, and were there any tailwinds that particularly benefited growth in the first half of the year that began to change in Q3 and how that trends through Q4?

Thank you.

Aidan Viggiano (Chief Financial Officer)

Yeah, thanks, Elizabeth. So yeah, I want to make a couple of points on that. So first, as we have said kind of consistently since the last earnings call, we didn’t and still don’t expect 5% plus beats that we saw in both the first and second quarter to kind of be the new normal. We beat the Q3 guidance high end of our guidance by roughly 4 points. And over the last three or so years, if you look at our quarterly beats, they kind of range from 2% to 4%.

So kind of just in the mix there. When you look at this quarter, I’d say the smaller revenue beat in the quarter was primarily driven by Messaging, which decelerated modestly from 18% growth in Q2 to 17% organic growth in Q3. The rest of the business, if you look at Voice, the software add-ons, the self-serve business, they kind of grew consistently quarter to quarter. So a modest deceleration in Messaging—and that is our biggest product at about 60% of our revenue—and that’s really what the primary driver was.

OPERATOR

Thank you. Our next question comes from the line of Alex Zukin of Wolfe Research. Alex, your line is open.

Alex Zukin (Analyst)

Yeah. Hey, guys, thanks for taking the question. I guess maybe on the point about Messaging decelerating slightly. I mean, we’re seeing all of the personal agent kind of stuff going on between multiple vendors. Maybe what is the tailwind there, if any, for Twilio? When would you start to see that show up? And then maybe because what is Twilio’s right to win in this kind of compliance identity space? And maybe any reason that, given some of the incremental products that you’re putting out there and the success of the initiatives with Conversation, any reason why gross profit growth shouldn’t outpace organic revenue growth next year?

Aidan Viggiano (Chief Financial Officer)

Alex, let me start a little bit on Messaging—wasn’t your direct question, but as we look at the quarter and the deceleration that we saw, the primary driver of that was the ISVs. They did moderate a bit as we started to lap tougher comparisons back in 3Q25; that’s when we saw that sales segment kind of accelerate above 20%. So the Messaging deceleration was really just a tougher comparison relative to the first half of the year. I’ll hand it over to Khozema to talk about consumer agents.

Khozema Shipchandler (Chief Executive Officer)

Yeah, I mean, Alex, I would say on the consumer agent side, I mean we definitely have a right to win, I think. I mean it’s been a few weeks, obviously, since all of these different agent platforms have launched. We’re working with all the leading companies. I’m not going to get into specific names, but you can take some signal from that. From our perspective, it’s very much on the come, but it’s going to take some time. I mean the way that we characterized voice AI in our prepared remarks is that it’s about a percent of what the voice interactions are so far.

I mean that’s very, very underpenetrated, which means that there’s a lot of sort of tailwind on the come. As it relates to consumer AI, it’s a fraction of that. So again, I think there’s a lot of activity that’s on the come, and I think we’ll be a beneficiary of that. So we’re very excited about what’s coming and what’s still developing. And I think honestly, like fragmentation is actually relatively useful for us here as well. That kind of goes to identity. In the identity space, I mean, I think it’s just like a natural add-on for many of the things that we’re already doing. We’re already in the transactional flow. As I said a moment ago, there’s a lot of fragmentation. I think the idea of having every one of these agents, if you’re the consumer, being validated on the way in and having a neutral party be able to adjudicate that—like that’s kind of the idea behind it.

And the customers that we’ve spoken to are very excited about the prospect of that. Similarly, business adoption has been slow so far, but as it starts to pick up, they’re going to require the same technology. And so that kind of works both ways, which is why we’re excited about it. And then I think over time you’re right that Conversations or some of the other products, they will help with respect to gross margins and gross profits. But I think as Aidan has said very consistently over the last many years, Messaging is really the weight of the business. The growth characteristics of Messaging, just given that it is structurally lower, they tend to drive the overall margin rate of the business. But on balance, when you start to exclude fees and some stuff like that, we have been doing pretty well from a margin perspective, and I would attribute it to some of our more software-like products, if you will.

OPERATOR

Thank you very much. Our next question comes from the line of Taylor McGinnis. Taylor, your line is open.

Taylor McGinnis (Analyst)

Yeah, hi, thanks so much for taking my question. Maybe Aidan one for you and then Khozema one for you. Aidan, just on despite the decel in messaging, if I look at the 4Q organic growth guide, it’s very similar to how you guided 3Q. So could you just maybe walk through some of the drivers of that? I know there’s the holiday season, there tends to be a seasonal uptick in the messaging business. So could you just walk us through the guide there? And then secondly, Khozema, for you. You guys mentioned a bunch of big voice wins and it sounds like momentum of the pipeline is going really well. But you made the comments about it still being early and some of the stuff taking time. So just in comparison to the over 20% growth, when could we reach that inflection point and where are we with customers in that? Thank you.

Aidan Viggiano (Chief Financial Officer)

Thanks, Taylor. Around the guide, we’re really encouraged by the revenue trends, the performance that we’ve seen in the business both in terms of volumes but as well as our go-to-market execution. And importantly it’s been really broad based. Messaging did decel a point but when you look at the guidance trends we’re guiding to 11 to 12% — that’s consistent with Q3 — but that’s our strongest quarterly revenue guidance in several years. So we feel pretty good about that now.

That said, consistent with how we’ve guided for the last few years and as you know we continue to plan prudently. We are a usage-based business. Q4 is a more volatile quarter for us, just given holiday seasons and things like that. And as I said earlier, we’ve historically kind of delivered organic revenue beats of 2 to 4%. We view that range as more the norm than kind of what we saw in the first half of the year. Beyond that, I wouldn’t really call out anything unusual for Q4, Taylor.

Khozema Shipchandler (Chief Executive Officer)

With respect to the voice wins and kind of the overall momentum, I mean it’s definitely progressing well from our perspective. It’s definitely driven some of the elevated growth that you see on the voice channel. That’s been very exciting obviously for us, and it’s great to see that channel doing so well. I think in terms of broader, more mainstream adoption, I think a lot of that is still coming. The customers that tend to drive the biggest volumes tend to be in regulated industries — traditionally financial services, healthcare and insurance. Those three in particular drive a lot of volume. I think they’re still experimenting a lot, heavily, with AI, but I think once they adopt some of these voice AI use cases, then you’ll start to see it really pick up.

For now, it’s predominantly been retail, e-commerce, food service, stuff like that. And obviously you’ve seen some pickup in customer service as well. But as I mentioned in my answer to the prior question, it’s still 1% penetration in terms of the total available voice minutes out there. From our perspective, this is a great setup. We have 99% of it to go in a market that’s probably growing. There’s just a lot of tailwind here and a lot of growth available for Twilio.

OPERATOR

Thank you very much. One moment. Our next question comes from Samad Samana of Jefferies. Samad, your line is open.

Samad Samana (Analyst)

Great, thank you. Good evening and appreciate you taking my questions. I’ll also give one for Aidan for you just on the identity product. Can you help us think about how monetization there looks? And you said it’s early in the release, but if you could just give us some examples of what the price uplift looks like when that’s attached and is that the use case there for agent to human, human to agent or agent to agent? So maybe just digging deeper into identity.

And then Aidan, for you on the 2027 preliminary outlook. Thanks for giving that. I think it’s very helpful to look ahead. Can you just help us unpack what you’re assuming around messaging and the non-messaging products and whether we should think about messaging as stable versus accelerating like we saw this year? Just dig deeper into both of those and thank you both so much.

Khozema Shipchandler (Chief Executive Officer)

Yeah, let me start, Samad. So on monetization we haven’t quite worked out the model yet. I mean again it’s a private beta, it’s very early. I think what you can probably anticipate is it’ll be usage based, kind of in conformance with the rest of our revenue model. I think that puts us on the right set of customers. You can imagine having identity resolution happen based on different times that an agent, human, etc., is interacting with a different business.

The product is meant to suit all of the use cases that you reference — agent to human, human to agent, agent to agent. In that way it’ll be quite versatile. Finally, I would expect that it does provide a gross margin uplift. It will have more software margin-like characteristics. That’s another reason that we’re pretty encouraged by it. But again, quite early days — it’s in private beta. We’ll talk about it in a more fulsome way including pricing, packaging and margin characteristics when we get into GA next year.

Aidan Viggiano (Chief Financial Officer)

And then on your 2027 question, we were intending to give some directional guidance here. I mean we feel really good about the trends in the business. Messaging is performing quite well. Voice, the software add-ons, some of our largest products — so all of those kind of factor into the outlook. We’re not going to get much more specific than that right now. We will dive deeper into 2027 at our Q4 earnings call.

OPERATOR

Thank you. Our next call comes from the line of Sameet Chatterjee of JP Morgan. Sameet, your line is open.

Sameet Chatterjee (Analyst at JPMorgan)

Hi, thanks for taking my question. Maybe on the voice side, you’ve had 20% plus growth consistently in the recent past and you highlighted that comes both from volume and software add-ons. Is there any way you can sort of break that down a bit more granular for us, in terms of how does the balance of volume versus software add-ons sort of contribute to the 20% plus growth right now — and particularly as you think about next year? I know you said that overall for voice is still early days, but how are you thinking as you sort of think about next year or maybe the next couple of years?

Where does the greater sort of growth opportunity lie? Is it volumes or do you see a bigger opportunity around software add-ons?

Khozema Shipchandler (Chief Executive Officer)

Thank you. Yeah, I’ll start with just the split of the voice growth. It’s actually pretty balanced. I mean we’re seeing a lot of strength in the software add-ons. We see triple-digit growth in some of them — branded calling, Conversation Intelligence, to name a couple. And so really we are seeing minutes grow, so volumes grow, and we’re seeing the attach rate with the software add-ons grow quite quickly as well. Yeah, just to add to that a little more around some of the use cases that we’re seeing, particularly with voice AI — a couple quarters ago was a lot of proof of concepts. Those concepts have now rolled into production. We’re starting to see real realization of our customers, whether it’s AI natives or some of the traditional ISVs that are embedding voice into their platforms, really start to reach some significant scale with their voice usage. And we talked about a few of those customers already in terms of the return that they’re getting on it.

But we’re really encouraged with the overall mix that we’re seeing. Branded calling, the conversation suite in general, is really helping us accelerate the software add-on part of our business, which grew well over 25% this quarter.

OPERATOR

Thank you. Our next call comes from the line of Itai Kidron of Oppenheimer and Company. Itai, your line is open.

Itai Kidron (Analyst at Oppenheimer & Co.)

Thanks. Hey guys, maybe a couple for me. First, Khozema, as you think about the business going forward, help us think from your perspective: what is the right KPI to follow here? Because revenue is going to swing back and forth with messaging and clearly that’s a very important part of your business. But a lot of the focus and a lot of the value that investors put on your business is really tied into your non-messaging business longer term. And so I guess the question is if those businesses are small and even though they’re ramping, it’s going to be hard to move the dial from a revenue standpoint.

Is gross profit the right way to look at it or any other KPI? And in that context, and I understand, Aidan, this is a preliminary guide. Why should gross profit grow in line with revenue? Why should it not grow faster?

Khozema Shipchandler (Chief Executive Officer)

I appreciate that. Yeah, I mean, I can start. Look, I think, Itai, we’re in general trying to drive a balanced P&L. And I mean if you look at just what we’ve accomplished over the last several years, I mean we’ve accelerated revenue pretty substantially. I mean we’re up very significantly from the preliminary guidance that we gave at our investor day two, three years ago. We’ve driven significant operating leverage, we’ve driven a ton of cash, we’ve reduced dilution.

So I think when you look at the totality of the P&L, that’s generally been a pretty good payoff for investors. As we look forward, I mean clearly the goal is to be able to continue driving growth at elevated levels. I think that this quarter and certainly the last couple have provided evidence that we’re able to do that both as a result of significant effort and investment on the self-serve side as well as great go-to-market execution in terms of both our enterprise as well as our ISV customers. We’re just seeing really good, balanced growth across the board.

Now, more specifically to some of the line items in the P&L. I mean the thing that we focus on day to day is predominantly gross profit growth. So now we get asked this question like a lot of different ways from you all and from other investors. We don’t do it necessarily at the expense of revenue growth. We don’t work it the other way. And you know, it’s a balance — like we’re trying to drive what the best long-term outcomes are overall for the business.

Given the usage-based nature of it, given that the mix can tilt a little bit from quarter to quarter, you do have a little bit of these up and down dynamics. We certainly understand that as the people that are running the business day to day. I think you guys understand it as folks that have followed the business for a long time, we just have to roll with that. But over a long period of time we think that there’s a great balanced P&L outcome for investors.

And the last three years I think have provided very, very compelling evidence that we’re going to continue driving that.

Aidan Viggiano (Chief Financial Officer)

Yeah, I mean Khozema covered a lot there. Maybe just a couple other things I’ll hit on, on gross profit. I do want to talk about Q4 for a minute, because I said, you know, Q4 gross profit growth would be in line with revenue. Remember in Q4 we have the big holiday season. We tend to provision more from a hosting perspective in that period. So that does come with additional cost. In addition to that, we have started to lap some of the cost tailwinds that we’ve seen in the business.

So we moved email, for example, from on-prem to the cloud. That provided a gross margin tailwind for the better part of this year. That’s fully in our run right now. So those kind of GM tailwinds go away now. That said, when you look at what really drives gross profit outpacing revenue, it is the higher-margin products growing quite well as well as continued cost actions. We’re going to continue to do both of those things. But as Khozema said, messaging has lower gross margin — carries lowest gross profit for every dollar of revenue — and it’s 60% of our business. So that can obviously influence outcomes.

OPERATOR

Thank you. Our next question comes from the line of Callie Valente of Goldman Sachs. Callie, your line is open.

Callie Valente (Analyst)

Thank you for taking the question. Wanted to ask on the voice part of the business. Realize when we get the numbers quarterly, they’re not exactly the growth numbers that you guys see in front of you, but voice has been roughly kind of 20% plus over the last couple of quarters. Now, after accelerating more in the quarters prior to that, what are some of the pieces that could bring that up further over the next couple of quarters? And have you continued to see this demand step up on a quarterly basis or do you think we have reached a more stable environment as companies roll out AI in a more measured way?

Thomas Wyatt (Chief Operating Officer)

Hey Kailey, it’s Thomas here. So just to think about voice by the particular cohorts of customers that we have, starting with self-serve, growth in voice has been over 50% and that’s a good leading indicator of the adoption of the channel itself. And then of course adding software, voice software add-ons on top of that continues to accelerate that. So we’re seeing that is a good leading indicator for momentum. The second is the AI natives, the ones that have been born with voice use cases. They’re continuing to expand with us and we’re growing as they’re growing, and we’re also seeing them adopt second and third channels. A number of our voice AI customers are now adding WhatsApp or messaging or other types of branded calling and other services. And so we’re seeing that as a nice accelerant as well.

Then additionally, there’s a lot of consolidation in the enterprise space where traditional contact centers customers are looking for a more agentic way of doing voice services in enterprise motions and in that case moving more to a headless type of voice interaction experience combined with the other messaging types that we offer along with orchestration and memory. That’s been a nice catalyst for us as well. As I mentioned earlier, there’s been a lot of proof of concepts that have gone into production recently. We’re encouraged by the momentum and the results our customers are getting, and so we think that’s a pretty good indicator of future success with Voice.

OPERATOR

Thank you. Our next call comes from the line of Sati Panigrai of Mizuho. Sati, your line is open.

Sati Panigrai (Analyst)

Thanks for taking my question. Just a follow-up to the prior question where the value actually is. If you see, I know you call it early stage now and AI supercycle, but Frontier Labs, even agent builders, they’re all moving into voice. Voice is exciting, but as you look forward to next maybe over five years, where do you see the value accuracy like Twilio can bring? Is it on the connectivity, context, identity side or any other layer that you are pretty confident that you can keep?

And also what has to change for the voice AI to move beyond like the AI natives and non-regulated verticals? What are the leading indicators you are watching?

Khozema Shipchandler (Chief Executive Officer)

Sati, let me just kind of start with the value proposition and you mentioned a number of players kind of moving into the space. I mean the one thing is that I think what really advantages us relative to other players is we’re the neutral party, and so virtually every player in the space who are predominantly participating at the application layer, they are running off of Twilio’s rails. That is a really, really great spot to be in because ultimately we’re providing underlying infrastructure on top of which we’re able to add capabilities like intelligence, like memory, like orchestration.

As Thomas alluded to a second ago, we can also add things like branded calling to be able to improve conversion rates and things of that nature. And the ability to provide this full service offering at the infrastructure level allows us to win with every single one of the providers, irrespective of what it is that they’re trying to build and how they’re going to market with their different customers. I would say as a starting point that’s a major advantage in the broader ecosystem. Customers continue to come to us for that infrastructure, for that programmability, for those different aspects of the Conversation Suite that I mentioned a second ago. I think it’s just the technology adoption cycle. I don’t think there’s a number of KPIs that necessarily have to be unlocked here. It’s just going to happen as time goes on. As consumers become more and more comfortable with the utilization of AI, it’ll pick up more.

As businesses start pushing the technology out to their consumers, additionally we will start to see the pickup more and more. The reality is when we sell it, the ROI is very compelling. We are able to generate more revenue, reduce costs, create a better consumer experience. But it is going to take time. I am not surprised that the regulated industries have taken more time. That is how every technology cycle has played out. I am very, very optimistic about the way that it’s played out so far.

It certainly feels great about the way that I would expect it to play out going forward. As Thomas alluded to a second ago, when you look at the top of the funnel, which is really vis-à-vis self-serve, growing at over 50% on voice there, that’s a pretty encouraging signal. I think we just have to continue executing and there’s a lot of demand on the comms.

OPERATOR

Thank you. Our next call comes from the line of Arun Bhatia of William Blair. Arun, your line is open.

Arun Bhatia (Analyst at William Blair)

Yeah, perfect, thank you. Two, if I can, one for Aidan. Maybe I want to ask the P&L question directed to a different metric, but this quarter I saw obviously the op income growth was very strong. I think even after I back out the 11 million in credits, it was very healthy and it seems like that’s sort of being given back next quarter. I’m just curious if there’s additional investments, growth investments you’re planning to make, or if there’s something else at play there.

And then, Khozema, one for you. I’m just curious how you view sort of these emerging agent-to-agent protocols. I know it’s super early, but is that a tailwind for Twilio, given some opportunity around orchestration and governance and identity, as you talked about, or does it potentially take some volume off of sort of traditional telephony and move it to other rails? I’m curious how you think that might evolve over time. Thank you.

Khozema Shipchandler (Chief Executive Officer)

Yeah, maybe I’ll start and then Aidan can talk about op income here in a second. I think it’s all tailwind. I mean, I think the reality is it’s a very fragmented landscape right now. You’ve got a number of these different companies. As I said earlier, all of the leading companies are already working with us. It’s not just like the messaging and email content, there’s the service operations that go with it as well. There’ll be voice content. We see what’s been playing out so far as a lot of tailwind going forward for the overall business.

In terms of the protocols themselves, I would call them probably policies over protocols. What they’ve stipulated is kind of a set of things that one should follow as these agent-to-agent interactions are transpiring. And we certainly conform to the different policies that are being written. They’re also quite varied. And so here again, I think fragmentation kind of plays to Twilio’s strengths: our ability to work across any policy framework, any protocol framework, any technology.

That’s a great setup not just for our core business in channels. It also helps to sell a lot more context. And then I would say going forward, it’s a great setup for identity. So no matter how you kind of cut it, we look at the whole thing as a lot of tailwind for Twilio.

Aidan Viggiano (Chief Financial Officer)

Hey Arun, on your profit question. Yeah, we delivered very high profit in Q3, $326 million. It was up nearly 40% year over year. It was up 14% quarter over quarter, as you called out. And as I mentioned in the prepared remarks, we did benefit from roughly $11 million in platform credits which were higher than we had anticipated. So that creates a slightly larger optical gap in our Q4 guidance. The other thing I’d say is we did make some investments in headcount in the quarter, both R&D and go-to-market.

Those are incorporated into our guidance as well. And then lastly, of course, as you know, we continue to just plan prudently just given the usage-based nature of the business.

OPERATOR

Thank you. Our next call comes from the line of Nick Altman of U.S. Bancorp. Nick, your line is open.

Nick Altman (Analyst)

Hey, awesome. Thank you so much. I wanted to ask a question about how some of the AI use cases in software add-ons have this pull-through dynamic which results in higher volumes. Because, Amy, you’ve talked about how voice AI agent use cases actually result in longer-duration calls. And then there’s products like Branded Calling which can actually drive higher answer rates and allow customers to do more outbound calling. My question is how should we think about the overall uplift in terms of the volume of minutes or messages when it comes to customers that begin to embed voice AI agents, or when they have products like Branded Calling or Conversation Memory or other offerings? Thank you so much.

Khozema Shipchandler (Chief Executive Officer)

Yeah, I mean I think broadly speaking you should expect call duration to go up from where it is today. I think most calls in service environments today are measured on cycle time. I think going forward, the way that customer service operations will probably measure contact centers is based on the outcomes that are being created for the consumers on the other side. So I’m certainly not suggesting that what used to be a 60-second call is going to go up to like 10, 20 minutes.

I’d say that’s not a great outcome necessarily. But I do think there will be an uplift as a means to being able to, A) solve the consumer’s problem, but, B) there’s also a big opportunity for real revenue uplift on the part of the business. They can cross-sell, upsell their customers a lot better, and especially if they’re using a context layer underneath, their ability to source details about the consumer that they’re serving in real time and then be able to create packages and prices of additional items — that’s pretty compelling. Beyond all that stuff, the branded calling and other intelligence capabilities as part of the Conversation Suite — that’s all uplift. And those, as you know, provide price adders.

But ultimately ROI is I think what wins the game here. And I think Twilio has an offering. When you combine our channels, combine it with context, and then add in things like branded calling, it makes for a really, really compelling offering. Leads to better conversion, better revenue, lower cost, and ultimately better consumer outcomes. And I think that’s why you’ve seen the growth characteristics that you have.

OPERATOR

Thank you. Our next call comes from the line of Koji Akita, Bank of America. Koji, your line is open.

Koji Akita (Analyst)

Yeah, thanks so much for taking the question. I wanted to follow up on an answer you gave earlier about self-serve voice growing 50%. How predictive has self-serve historically been around broader voice growth, and what sort of lags do we expect from self-serve customers growing versus the revenue coming up from it?

OPERATOR

Thank you.

Thomas Wyatt (Chief Operating Officer)

I can talk a little bit about the use cases and then Aidan, maybe if you want to get into some of the historicals on it. But when you think about the use cases we’re typically seeing with voice with self-service, a lot of it is the autonomous, AI-powered customer engagement use case. And it often starts with an AI native that’s beginning to unlock a new vertical application or agent. From there they need to complete sort of a holistic customer journey.

As they get some product-market fit, they start to increase their volumes. Then we typically see that they’ll add a second channel. Because most voice experiences are only just one channel is not enough. You need to be able to communicate to customers through omnichannel experiences. So then we tend to see the messaging get added, the conversation suite get added. And ultimately, I think as we said in previous conference calls, that 60% plus of our enterprise customers started in self-service. And we see that natural expansion of our self-service customers continue. And even this quarter, if you look at our million-dollar customer cohort growth, it’s growing as fast as it has in a long time. So we’re really encouraged about the trends starting in self-service, how that translates into enterprise adoption over time, and how these companies become million-dollar-plus customers for us.

Aidan Viggiano (Chief Financial Officer)

Yeah. And then from a self-serve perspective, I’m not going to give any numbers specifically, right. But this is where we do our customer acquisition. This is where the AI native kind of all get started on our platform. When you think about voice in context to our voice self-serve, just for context, our total self-serve is roughly like 15% of our revenue. Voice is a relatively smaller portion of that, obviously, just given the size of messaging and some of the other businesses.

So first of all, it’s a relatively small part of our revenue. It’s growing very quickly. As Thomas said earlier, it’s growing about 55%. And with a lot of these natives, we partnered very closely with them over the last couple of years. They typically come in starting on voice rails from a kind of programmable voice perspective. We’ve added software add-ons on top of that. In many of these cases, we’ve seen growth really accelerate and they’re meaningful customers today. I mean, last quarter we called out a horizontal conversational AI company that started building with Twilio in the voice channel.

In Q1 of ’25, they were generating kind of low six figures quarterly spend on Twilio and it was almost all voice connectivity. Since then, their quarterly connectivity spend has tripled. Their software add-ons have gone from essentially nothing to nearly half a million dollars in the most recent quarter. And so you can see they’ve gone from a relatively small customer. Now they’re leveraging our media streams, our conferencing capabilities, answering machine detection, a lot of our software add-ons, and they’re over a $6 million annual run rate, growing like 65% with us.

So that’s the kind of thing we’re seeing. It’s happening. It’s a relatively small part of our business today, but it’s growing really quickly, and it’s exciting to think about what it could be.

OPERATOR

Thank you. Our next call comes from the line of Ryan MacWilliams of Wells Fargo. Ryan, your line is open.

Ryan MacWilliams (Analyst at Wells Fargo)

Hey, thanks for taking the question. We’d love to hear about how the AI opportunity is evolving for the messaging business. Are your customers starting to see higher ROI on AI SMS use cases? Like maybe they’re trying more customer service SMS AI use cases, or starting to get more interested in RCS? And then separately, how are trends for email in the quarter and do you see any positive or negative impacts from AI with email?

Aidan Viggiano (Chief Financial Officer)

Thanks. Email was pretty consistent. Business is growing pretty well. It’s a little bit lower than our kind of company average, but nothing to call out from a change in trend perspective, and I’d say early days from an AI perspective on email.

Khozema Shipchandler (Chief Executive Officer)

In terms of the AI opportunity in messaging, I think you’re certainly seeing it start based on just the takeoff with some of the consumer stuff, you’re definitely seeing some activity there. I think you asked a slightly different question in terms of RCS and the ROI there. The ROI in RCS has been very, very significant. It’s been a very fast-growing product for us. It’s a little bit more challenging adoption cycle, if you will, just based on some things that have to be done as part of the onboarding process.

But the technology is fantastic. Customers who are using it are getting a ton out of it. It obviously comes with a lot of branding built into it as well. And so customers who are on it are really enjoying it and getting superior ROI relative to kind of traditional messaging, I would say.

OPERATOR

Thank you. Our next call comes from the line of Derek Wood of TD Cowen. Derek, your line is open.

Derek Wood (Analyst)

Great, thank you. Khozema, when it comes to these new consumer AI agents, I know you’re saying it’s still early, but you did indicate you’re working with leading product companies already. So can you just help us frame kind of where you see the lowest-hanging fruit when looking across your various communication channels? And then when it comes to the consumer brand side, do you see them starting to feel a need to stand up more agentic support systems to handle all the inbound agent volumes?

How would you frame the opportunity for Twilio there?

Thomas Wyatt (Chief Operating Officer)

Yeah, hey Derek, it’s Thomas here. A couple of points. We are working with all the major players, but this is an interesting area where the consumer agents also have a long tail of smaller, lesser-known consumer agent companies that we’re also working with. And it could be everything from outbound voice helping these companies set up the telephony infrastructure to make calls on consumers’ behalf. There’s a messaging and texting capability, there’s a verification and OTP capability resulting in authenticating these agents properly.

So we’re participating in helping the consumer side of this with blueprints so that these companies can set up their communication infrastructure powered by Twilio to be able to have these agents transact on behalf of the consumers. On the flip side, I’d say there’s even more acceleration of businesses trying to get ready for these consumer agents, and that’s accelerating the conversations and the demand for helping our business customers set up virtual agents to be able to field the consumer agents that are coming more inbound.

So it’s really an interesting flywheel effect. That’s early days. So it’s very early, but a lot of proof of concepts, a lot of early experimenting going on, and we’re excited about the long-term potential for it.

OPERATOR

Thank you. Our next call comes from the line of Parker Lane of Stifel. Parker, your line is open.

Parker Lane (Analyst at Stifel)

Yeah. Hey, thanks for taking the question. Aidan, earlier you talked about the impact of messaging you saw from ISVs moderating off of tough compares. Is that a comment or something that you saw across all the ISV relationships broadly, or were some of the long-tenured ISVs versus the AI natives more impacting that figure?

Aidan Viggiano (Chief Financial Officer)

Yeah, I’d say it was. Not every ISV saw it in the quarter, obviously, so overall they did tend to be focused on a few of them, but nothing specifically to call out there or give more on.

OPERATOR

Thank you. At this time, this concludes our question and answer session. Thank you for your participation in today’s conference. This now concludes our program and you may now disconnect. Goodbye.

Disclaimer: This transcript is provided for informational purposes only. While we strive for accuracy, there may be errors or omissions in this automated transcription. For official company statements and financial information, please refer to the company’s SEC filings and official press releases. Corporate participants’ and analysts’ statements reflect their views as of the date of this call and are subject to change without notice.

© 2026 Benzinga.com. Benzinga does not provide investment advice. All rights reserved.
2026-10-29 23:54 2d ago
2026-10-29 18:35 2d ago
Twilio (TWLO) Q3 Earnings and Revenues Beat Estimates
TWLO Twilio
FMP Stock News
Original source text
Twilio (TWLO - Free Report) came out with quarterly earnings of $1.65 per share, beating the Zacks Consensus Estimate of $1.46 per share. This compares to earnings of $1.25 per share a year ago. These figures are adjusted for non-recurring items.

This quarterly report represents an earnings surprise of +13.01%. A quarter ago, it was expected that this company would post earnings of $1.32 per share when it actually produced earnings of $1.47, delivering a surprise of +11.36%.

Over the last four quarters, the company has surpassed consensus EPS estimates four times.

Twilio, which belongs to the Zacks Internet - Software industry, posted revenues of $1.56 billion for the quarter ended September 2026, surpassing the Zacks Consensus Estimate by 3.11%. This compares to year-ago revenues of $1.3 billion. The company has topped consensus revenue estimates four times over the last four quarters.

The sustainability of the stock's immediate price movement based on the recently-released numbers and future earnings expectations will mostly depend on management's commentary on the earnings call.

Twilio shares have added about 78.4% since the beginning of the year versus the S&P 500's gain of 13.1%.

What's Next for Twilio?While Twilio has outperformed the market so far this year, the question that comes to investors' minds is: what's next for the stock?

There are no easy answers to this key question, but one reliable measure that can help investors address this is the company's earnings outlook. Not only does this include current consensus earnings expectations for the coming quarter(s), but also how these expectations have changed lately.

Empirical research shows a strong correlation between near-term stock movements and trends in earnings estimate revisions. Investors can track such revisions by themselves or rely on a tried-and-tested rating tool like the Zacks Rank, which has an impressive track record of harnessing the power of earnings estimate revisions.

Ahead of this earnings release, the estimate revisions trend for Twilio was favorable. While the magnitude and direction of estimate revisions could change following the company's just-released earnings report, the current status translates into a Zacks Rank #2 (Buy) for the stock. So, the shares are expected to outperform the market in the near future. You can see the complete list of today's Zacks #1 Rank (Strong Buy) stocks here.

It will be interesting to see how estimates for the coming quarters and the current fiscal year change in the days ahead. The current consensus EPS estimate is $1.48 on $1.58 billion in revenues for the coming quarter and $5.92 on $6 billion in revenues for the current fiscal year.

Investors should be mindful of the fact that the outlook for the industry can have a material impact on the performance of the stock as well. In terms of the Zacks Industry Rank, Internet - Software is currently in the top 36% of the 250 plus Zacks industries. Our research shows that the top 50% of the Zacks-ranked industries outperform the bottom 50% by a factor of more than 2 to 1.

Another stock from the same industry, AvePoint, Inc. (AVPT - Free Report) , has yet to report results for the quarter ended September 2026. The results are expected to be released on November 5.

This company is expected to post quarterly earnings of $0.08 per share in its upcoming report, which represents a year-over-year change of -20%. The consensus EPS estimate for the quarter has remained unchanged over the last 30 days.

AvePoint, Inc.'s revenues are expected to be $129.4 million, up 17.9% from the year-ago quarter.
2026-10-29 23:52 2d ago
2026-10-29 18:29 2d ago
FTI Consulting, Inc. (FCN) Q3 2026 Earnings Call Transcript
FCN FTI Consulting
FMP Stock News
Original source text
FTI Consulting, Inc. (FCN) Q3 2026 Earnings Call October 29, 2026 9:00 AM EDT

Company Participants

Mollie Hawkes - Head of Marketing, Communications & Investor Relations
Steve Gunby - President, CEO & Chairman
Eun Nam - Chief Financial Officer

Conference Call Participants

Tobey Sommer - Truist Securities, Inc., Research Division
Andrew Nicholas - William Blair & Company L.L.C., Research Division
James Yaro - Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Research Division

Presentation

Operator

Welcome to the FTI Consulting Third Quarter 2026 Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions] Please note today's event is being recorded. I would now like to turn the conference over to Mollie Hawkes, Head of Investor Relations. Please go ahead.

Mollie Hawkes
Head of Marketing, Communications & Investor Relations

Good morning. Welcome to the FTI Consulting conference call to discuss the company's third quarter 2026 earnings results as reported this morning. Management will begin with formal remarks, after which they will take your questions.

Before we begin, I would like to remind everyone that this conference call may include forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act, including the company's outlook and expectations for the full year 2026 based on management's current beliefs and expectations. These forward-looking statements involve many risks and uncertainties, assumptions and estimates and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from such statements.

For a discussion of risks and other factors that may cause actual results or events to differ from those contemplated by forward-looking statements, investors should review the safe harbor statement in the earnings press release issued this morning, a copy of which is available on our website at www.fticonsulting.com as well as other disclosures under the headings of Risk Factors and Forward-Looking Information in our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025, and our quarterly reports on
2026-10-29 23:52 2d ago
2026-10-29 18:36 2d ago
Exelixis (EXEL) Surpasses Q3 Earnings and Revenue Estimates
EXEL Exelixis
FMP Stock News
Original source text
Exelixis (EXEL - Free Report) came out with quarterly earnings of $0.94 per share, beating the Zacks Consensus Estimate of $0.89 per share. This compares to earnings of $0.78 per share a year ago. These figures are adjusted for non-recurring items.

This quarterly report represents an earnings surprise of +5.62%. A quarter ago, it was expected that this drug developer would post earnings of $0.86 per share when it actually produced earnings of $0.91, delivering a surprise of +5.81%.

Over the last four quarters, the company has surpassed consensus EPS estimates four times.

Exelixis, which belongs to the Zacks Medical - Biomedical and Genetics industry, posted revenues of $658.7 million for the quarter ended September 2026, surpassing the Zacks Consensus Estimate by 0.86%. This compares to year-ago revenues of $597.76 million. The company has topped consensus revenue estimates two times over the last four quarters.

The sustainability of the stock's immediate price movement based on the recently-released numbers and future earnings expectations will mostly depend on management's commentary on the earnings call.

Exelixis shares have added about 51.2% since the beginning of the year versus the S&P 500's gain of 13.1%.

What's Next for Exelixis?While Exelixis has outperformed the market so far this year, the question that comes to investors' minds is: what's next for the stock?

There are no easy answers to this key question, but one reliable measure that can help investors address this is the company's earnings outlook. Not only does this include current consensus earnings expectations for the coming quarter(s), but also how these expectations have changed lately.

Empirical research shows a strong correlation between near-term stock movements and trends in earnings estimate revisions. Investors can track such revisions by themselves or rely on a tried-and-tested rating tool like the Zacks Rank, which has an impressive track record of harnessing the power of earnings estimate revisions.

Ahead of this earnings release, the estimate revisions trend for Exelixis was unfavorable. While the magnitude and direction of estimate revisions could change following the company's just-released earnings report, the current status translates into a Zacks Rank #4 (Sell) for the stock. So, the shares are expected to underperform the market in the near future. You can see the complete list of today's Zacks #1 Rank (Strong Buy) stocks here.

It will be interesting to see how estimates for the coming quarters and the current fiscal year change in the days ahead. The current consensus EPS estimate is $0.91 on $673.39 million in revenues for the coming quarter and $3.57 on $2.56 billion in revenues for the current fiscal year.

Investors should be mindful of the fact that the outlook for the industry can have a material impact on the performance of the stock as well. In terms of the Zacks Industry Rank, Medical - Biomedical and Genetics is currently in the top 40% of the 250 plus Zacks industries. Our research shows that the top 50% of the Zacks-ranked industries outperform the bottom 50% by a factor of more than 2 to 1.

One other stock from the same industry, Intellia Therapeutics, Inc. (NTLA - Free Report) , is yet to report results for the quarter ended September 2026.

This company is expected to post quarterly loss of $0.82 per share in its upcoming report, which represents a year-over-year change of +10.9%. The consensus EPS estimate for the quarter has remained unchanged over the last 30 days.

Intellia Therapeutics, Inc.'s revenues are expected to be $10 million, down 27.5% from the year-ago quarter.
2026-10-29 23:52 2d ago
2026-10-29 19:01 2d ago
Exelixis (EXEL) Q3 Earnings: How Key Metrics Compare to Wall Street Estimates
EXEL Exelixis
FMP Stock News
Original source text
Exelixis (EXEL - Free Report) reported $658.7 million in revenue for the quarter ended September 2026, representing a year-over-year increase of 10.2%. EPS of $0.94 for the same period compares to $0.78 a year ago.

The reported revenue compares to the Zacks Consensus Estimate of $653.06 million, representing a surprise of +0.86%. The company delivered an EPS surprise of +5.62%, with the consensus EPS estimate being $0.89.

While investors closely watch year-over-year changes in headline numbers -- revenue and earnings -- and how they compare to Wall Street expectations to determine their next course of action, some key metrics always provide a better insight into a company's underlying performance.

As these metrics influence top- and bottom-line performance, comparing them to the year-ago numbers and what analysts estimated helps investors project a stock's price performance more accurately.

Here is how Exelixis performed in the just reported quarter in terms of the metrics most widely monitored and projected by Wall Street analysts:

Revenues- Net product revenues: $604.92 million versus the six-analyst average estimate of $596.03 million. The reported number represents a year-over-year change of +11.4%.Revenues- Collaboration revenues: $53.77 million versus the six-analyst average estimate of $53.55 million. The reported number represents a year-over-year change of -1.9%.Revenues- Net product revenues- CABOMETYX: $603.15 million versus the five-analyst average estimate of $591.82 million. The reported number represents a year-over-year change of +11.7%.Revenues- Net product revenues- COMETRIQ: $1.77 million versus the five-analyst average estimate of $2.75 million. The reported number represents a year-over-year change of -42.9%.Revenues- Collaboration revenues- Collaboration services revenues: $-4.64 million versus $-1.31 million estimated by two analysts on average. Compared to the year-ago quarter, this number represents a +228.6% change.Revenues- Collaboration revenues- License revenues: $58.41 million versus $55.28 million estimated by two analysts on average. Compared to the year-ago quarter, this number represents a +3.9% change.View all Key Company Metrics for Exelixis here>>>

Shares of Exelixis have returned +13.5% over the past month versus the Zacks S&P 500 composite's +0.9% change. The stock currently has a Zacks Rank #4 (Sell), indicating that it could underperform the broader market in the near term.
2026-10-29 23:51 2d ago
2026-10-29 19:30 2d ago
MasTec (MTZ) Q3 Earnings: How Key Metrics Compare to Wall Street Estimates
MTZ MasTec
FMP Stock News
Original source text
For the quarter ended September 2026, MasTec (MTZ - Free Report) reported revenue of $5.15 billion, up 29.9% over the same period last year. EPS came in at $2.96, compared to $2.48 in the year-ago quarter.

The reported revenue represents a surprise of +4.27% over the Zacks Consensus Estimate of $4.94 billion. With the consensus EPS estimate being $2.94, the EPS surprise was +0.68%.

While investors closely watch year-over-year changes in headline numbers -- revenue and earnings -- and how they compare to Wall Street expectations to determine their next course of action, some key metrics always provide a better insight into a company's underlying performance.

As these metrics influence top- and bottom-line performance, comparing them to the year-ago numbers and what analysts estimated helps investors project a stock's price performance more accurately.

Here is how MasTec performed in the just reported quarter in terms of the metrics most widely monitored and projected by Wall Street analysts:

Backlog: $24.55 billion versus $22.33 billion estimated by two analysts on average.Revenue- Pipeline Infrastructure: $724.1 million versus $644.01 million estimated by three analysts on average. Compared to the year-ago quarter, this number represents a +21.1% change.Revenue- Communications: $806.9 million versus the three-analyst average estimate of $801.3 million. The reported number represents a year-over-year change of -11.8%.Revenue- Power Delivery: $1.84 billion versus $1.62 billion estimated by three analysts on average. Compared to the year-ago quarter, this number represents a +65.2% change.Revenue- Clean Energy and Infrastructure: $1.83 billion compared to the $1.9 billion average estimate based on three analysts. The reported number represents a change of +33.9% year over year.Revenue- Eliminations: $-39.8 million compared to the $-16.77 million average estimate based on two analysts.Adjusted EBITDA- Communications: $61.1 million compared to the $72.01 million average estimate based on two analysts.Adjusted EBITDA- Power Delivery: $241.5 million compared to the $179.38 million average estimate based on two analysts.Adjusted EBITDA- Pipeline Infrastructure: $75.1 million versus $93.39 million estimated by two analysts on average.Adjusted EBITDA- Other: $10 million versus $7.5 million estimated by two analysts on average.Adjusted EBITDA- Clean Energy and Infrastructure: $149.3 million versus $170.33 million estimated by two analysts on average.View all Key Company Metrics for MasTec here>>>

Shares of MasTec have returned -15.3% over the past month versus the Zacks S&P 500 composite's +0.9% change. The stock currently has a Zacks Rank #4 (Sell), indicating that it could underperform the broader market in the near term.
2026-10-29 23:50 2d ago
2026-10-29 18:36 2d ago
Erie Indemnity (ERIE) Q3 Earnings Surpass Estimates
ERIE Erie Indemnity Company
FMP Stock News
Original source text
Erie Indemnity (ERIE - Free Report) came out with quarterly earnings of $3.48 per share, beating the Zacks Consensus Estimate of $3.41 per share. This compares to earnings of $3.5 per share a year ago. These figures are adjusted for non-recurring items.

This quarterly report represents an earnings surprise of +2.05%. A quarter ago, it was expected that this insurance company would post earnings of $3.35 per share when it actually produced earnings of $3.45, delivering a surprise of +2.99%.

Over the last four quarters, the company has surpassed consensus EPS estimates two times.

Erie Indemnity, which belongs to the Zacks Insurance - Brokerage industry, posted revenues of $1.07 billion for the quarter ended September 2026, missing the Zacks Consensus Estimate by 2%. This compares to year-ago revenues of $1.07 billion. The company has topped consensus revenue estimates just once over the last four quarters.

The sustainability of the stock's immediate price movement based on the recently-released numbers and future earnings expectations will mostly depend on management's commentary on the earnings call.

Erie Indemnity shares have lost about 14.1% since the beginning of the year versus the S&P 500's gain of 13.1%.

What's Next for Erie Indemnity?While Erie Indemnity has underperformed the market so far this year, the question that comes to investors' minds is: what's next for the stock?

There are no easy answers to this key question, but one reliable measure that can help investors address this is the company's earnings outlook. Not only does this include current consensus earnings expectations for the coming quarter(s), but also how these expectations have changed lately.

Empirical research shows a strong correlation between near-term stock movements and trends in earnings estimate revisions. Investors can track such revisions by themselves or rely on a tried-and-tested rating tool like the Zacks Rank, which has an impressive track record of harnessing the power of earnings estimate revisions.

Ahead of this earnings release, the estimate revisions trend for Erie Indemnity was mixed. While the magnitude and direction of estimate revisions could change following the company's just-released earnings report, the current status translates into a Zacks Rank #3 (Hold) for the stock. So, the shares are expected to perform in line with the market in the near future. You can see the complete list of today's Zacks #1 Rank (Strong Buy) stocks here.

It will be interesting to see how estimates for the coming quarters and the current fiscal year change in the days ahead. The current consensus EPS estimate is $2.95 on $975.81 million in revenues for the coming quarter and $12.55 on $4.17 billion in revenues for the current fiscal year.

Investors should be mindful of the fact that the outlook for the industry can have a material impact on the performance of the stock as well. In terms of the Zacks Industry Rank, Insurance - Brokerage is currently in the bottom 6% of the 250 plus Zacks industries. Our research shows that the top 50% of the Zacks-ranked industries outperform the bottom 50% by a factor of more than 2 to 1.

Accelerant Holdings (ARX - Free Report) , another stock in the same industry, has yet to report results for the quarter ended September 2026.

This company is expected to post quarterly earnings of $0.20 per share in its upcoming report, which represents a year-over-year change of -47.4%. The consensus EPS estimate for the quarter has been revised 0.9% lower over the last 30 days to the current level.

Accelerant Holdings' revenues are expected to be $270.94 million, up 1.3% from the year-ago quarter.
2026-10-29 23:50 2d ago
2026-10-29 19:18 2d ago
Omnicell, Inc. (OMCL) Q3 2026 Earnings Call Transcript
OMCL Omnicell
FMP Stock News
Original source text
Omnicell, Inc. (OMCL) Q3 2026 Earnings Call October 29, 2026 8:30 AM EDT

Company Participants

David Unger - Vice President of Investor Relations
Randall Lipps - Founder, Executive Chairman & CEO
Nnamdi Njoku - President & COO
Baird Radford

Conference Call Participants

Stanislav Berenshteyn - Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Research Division
Jessica Tassan - Piper Sandler & Co., Research Division
Allen Lutz - BofA Securities, Research Division
David Larsen - BTIG, LLC, Research Division
Scott Schoenhaus - KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc., Research Division
Gene Mannheimer
William Sutherland - StoneX Financial, Inc., Research Division

Presentation

Operator

Hello, everyone. Thank you for joining us, and welcome to the Omnicell Third Quarter 2026 Financial Results Call. [Operator Instructions] I will now hand the conference over to David Unger, VP of Investor Relations. David, please go ahead.

David Unger
Vice President of Investor Relations

Good morning, and welcome to the Omnicell Third Quarter 2026 Financial Results Conference Call. My name is David Unger, Vice President of Investor Relations. On the call with me today are Randall Lipps, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Founder; Nnamdi Njoku, President and Chief Operating Officer; and Baird Radford, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.

Before we begin, I would like to remind you that today's call will include forward-looking statements within the meaning of federal securities laws, including statements regarding our financial outlook, business expectations and strategic priorities. These forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and assumptions as of today and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. For additional information concerning these risks and uncertainties, please refer to our earnings press release issued this morning, our annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 26, 2026, and our subsequent SEC filings.

We disclaim any obligation to update any forward-looking statements, except as required by
2026-10-29 23:49 2d ago
2026-10-29 19:16 2d ago
Ginkgo Bioworks Holdings, Inc. (DNA) Suffers a Larger Drop Than the General Market: Key Insights
DNA Ginkgo Bioworks Holdings
FMP Stock News
Original source text
In the latest trading session, Ginkgo Bioworks Holdings, Inc. (DNA - Free Report) closed at $12.74, marking a -4.35% move from the previous day. This move lagged the S&P 500's daily loss of 0.31%. Elsewhere, the Dow saw a downswing of 0.25%, while the tech-heavy Nasdaq depreciated by 1.38%.

Shares of the company witnessed a gain of 3.82% over the previous month, beating the performance of the Medical sector with its gain of 2.58%, and the S&P 500's gain of 0.87%.

Investors will be eagerly watching for the performance of Ginkgo Bioworks Holdings, Inc. in its upcoming earnings disclosure. The company is predicted to post an EPS of -$0.58, indicating a 60% growth compared to the equivalent quarter last year. Meanwhile, the Zacks Consensus Estimate for revenue is projecting net sales of $20.5 million, down 47.22% from the year-ago period.

In terms of the entire fiscal year, the Zacks Consensus Estimates predict earnings of -$3.2 per share and a revenue of $82.2 million, indicating changes of +43.26% and -51.69%, respectively, from the former year.

Investors should also note any recent changes to analyst estimates for Ginkgo Bioworks Holdings, Inc. These revisions help to show the ever-changing nature of near-term business trends. As a result, upbeat changes in estimates indicate analysts' favorable outlook on the business health and profitability.

Our research shows that these estimate changes are directly correlated with near-term stock prices. To take advantage of this, we've established the Zacks Rank, an exclusive model that considers these estimated changes and delivers an operational rating system.

The Zacks Rank system, ranging from #1 (Strong Buy) to #5 (Strong Sell), possesses a remarkable history of outdoing, externally audited, with #1 stocks returning an average annual gain of +25% since 1988. The Zacks Consensus EPS estimate remained stagnant within the past month. As of now, Ginkgo Bioworks Holdings, Inc. holds a Zacks Rank of #3 (Hold).

The Medical - Biomedical and Genetics industry is part of the Medical sector. This industry, currently bearing a Zacks Industry Rank of 98, finds itself in the top 40% echelons of all 250+ industries.

The strength of our individual industry groups is measured by the Zacks Industry Rank, which is calculated based on the average Zacks Rank of the individual stocks within these groups. Our research shows that the top 50% rated industries outperform the bottom half by a factor of 2 to 1.

Don't forget to use Zacks.com to keep track of all these stock-moving metrics, and others, in the upcoming trading sessions.
2026-10-29 23:49 2d ago
2026-10-29 18:16 2d ago
GoDaddy Q3 2026 Earnings Call Transcript
GDDY Godaddy
FMP Stock News
Original source text
GoDaddy (NYSE:GDDY) reported third-quarter financial results on Thursday. The transcript from the company’s third-quarter earnings call has been provided below.

This transcript is brought to you by Benzinga APIs. For real-time access to our entire catalog, please visit https://www.benzinga.com/apis/ for a consultation.

View the webcast at https://godaddy.zoom.us/webinar/register/WN_71gEVrPkQlqx-YUPWIeDjA#/registration

SummaryGoDaddy Inc. reported a 6% growth in bookings and expanded its normalized EBITDA margin to over 33%, driven by operational execution and strategic initiatives.

The company’s new flagship product, Aero, significantly contributed to bookings, with its annualized bookings run rate more than doubling to over $100 million, indicating strong customer adoption.

GoDaddy plans to introduce new pricing bundles in 2027 to capture demand from AI-driven tools and improve visibility in LLMs and AI agents.

Financially, GoDaddy achieved a 9% growth in free cash flow to $481 million, and its normalized EBITDA grew by 10% to $449 million, showing strong expense discipline.

The company is focusing on leveraging AI to improve operational efficiencies, with ongoing investments in AI products and marketing expected to sustain financial performance.

GoDaddy’s strategic focus on AI and agentic internet developments positions it for long-term growth, with potential opportunities in domains and agent-driven commerce.

Full TranscriptChristy Masoner (VP of Investor Relations)

Welcome to GoDaddy’s third quarter 2026 earnings call. Thank you for joining us. I’m Christy Masoner, VP of Investor Relations, and with me today are Aman Bhutani, Chief Executive Officer, and Mark McCaffrey, Chief Financial Officer. Following prepared remarks, we will open up the call for your questions. If you would like to ask a question on today’s call, please use the Raise Hand feature in the webinar to be added to the queue. On today’s call, we’ll be referencing both GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures and other operating and business metrics. A discussion of why we use non-GAAP financial measures and reconciliations of our non-GAAP financial measures to their GAAP equivalents may be found in the presentation posted on our Investor Relations site at investors.godaddy.net, or in today’s earnings release on our Form 8-K furnished with the SEC. Growth rates represent year-over-year comparisons unless otherwise noted.

The matters we’ll be discussing today include forward-looking statements, such as those related to future financial results and our strategies or objectives with respect to future operations. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that are discussed in detail in our periodic SEC filings. Actual results may differ materially from those contained in forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statements that we make on this call are based on assumptions as of today, October 29, 2026, and, except to the extent required by law, we undertake no obligation to update these statements because of new information or future events. With that, I’m pleased to introduce Aman.

Aman Bhutani (Chief Executive Officer)

Good afternoon and thank you for joining us. At GoDaddy, our purpose is to make opportunity more inclusive for all, and our strategy is to become the agentic operating system for micro and small businesses. Creating customer value and transitioning it to shareholder value over time has been our formula for success. Aero is at the heart of meeting this moment, and we are transforming GoDaddy to stay ahead of what comes next, evolving our customer experience and building the foundation for long-term growth.

We are early in this journey, and the meaningful growth in Aero’s adoption over the last two quarters has validated our strategy. In Q3 we delivered bookings growth of 6% and expanded normalized EBITDA margin to over 33%, reflecting continued operational execution and structural leverage we achieved from the strategy we launched at our 2024 Investor Day. We are excited to announce that Aero’s annualized bookings run rate more than doubled to over 100 million, up from 50 million last quarter and 10 million the quarter before. Even more encouraging, Aero incrementally contributed to our bookings growth this quarter as its bookings more than offset the impacts of migration of our legacy website products.

Looking forward, we are excited to share more about our vision for the next several years with you at our Investor Night on December 1st in Tempe, where we will lay out where we are driving this business and how we will continue to deliver value for our customers and our shareholders. This is a pivotal moment for our industry and for GoDaddy to help entrepreneurs succeed online. Small businesses everywhere are experimenting with AI tools, and we are bringing more capabilities and customers to Aero as fast as possible. This year we made a strategic decision to make Aero our flagship website product, replacing Websites + Marketing. Over time, Aero will become the operating system bringing together all the products that GoDaddy offers, and in late Q3, Aero became the default option in the domains path.

With that change, we are stepping up marketing, shifting plan spend, and investing in brand awareness, with the incremental spend in Q4 offset by efficiencies elsewhere in the business. We have also deployed significant internal resources behind Aero, and as it performs more marketing and commerce jobs for our customers, we priced Aero for broad adoption for both new and existing customers in a competitive agent-first and AI-native market. We are using our advantage of scale to quickly get our product in front of customers.

As Aero is scaling, we are encouraged by the free-to-paid conversion rate and customer satisfaction, as well as attach rates for new and existing customers that are on par with our legacy Websites + Marketing product. There is a lot more to do and we are excited to keep going. Turning to what we see in the broader environment. In Q3, Google quickly pivoted towards AI mode for the bulk of search in our space. Based on early data we observed, we believe the impact to our traffic has been small, which speaks to the resilience of our direct traffic and brand. The more important development is where new demand in our space is coming from. We believe AI coding tools are driving strong growth in our industry, and we believe a broader set of customers, including developers, are driving that growth.

New cohorts are increasingly starting inside coding assistants, command line tools, and agent interfaces, and they buy differently. As this new demand grows, we’re also seeing sharper discounting across the industry on products like domains along with freemium offers on hosting. We have moved quickly to launch and expand a suite of agent-friendly APIs spanning domains, hosting, professional email, and commerce, understanding that pricing is a critical component of going to market.

As we move into 2027, we will lean into testing new bundles with competitive offers that will deliver more value. We will test these new bundles as part of our pricing and bundling program, which we have had success with over the last several years. We also expect these new bundles to show up favorably in LLMs and AI agents. We are working to improve how we appear in these channels to attract more of the traffic that comes from them, with a continued focus on high-intent customers.

This is an ongoing effort and we are driving incremental progress as the agentic open web unfolds. We continue to see a long-term opportunity for GoDaddy to play a foundational role with Agent Name Service serving as a core component of the infrastructure needed to support an increasingly agentic world. Earlier this month we joined Infoblox, Google, and Cloudflare to demonstrate Chain of Trust, an open architecture developed in collaboration with the Singapore government and informed by its AI Governance framework. For the first time, agents on different platforms that had never worked together completed a simulated live purchase on the open Internet using ANS, ARD, and other open Internet standards.

The system verified agent identities and permissions in an auditable pathway while also blocking imposter agents before they could transact. This demonstration shows the integral role that identity, Agent Name Service, and GoDaddy will play in an agentic open Internet. We are transforming GoDaddy for an agentic world and this quarter we made real progress. Aero is doing more of the work for business owners, our expanded suite of APIs is making GoDaddy available in the tools where people now build, while our work on identity and discovery is laying the groundwork for businesses to be found and trusted as agents take on more of the customer jobs to be done. Together, we believe these efforts will continue to make GoDaddy’s offering more valuable and mission critical for our customers.

With that, here’s Mark.

Mark McCaffrey (Chief Financial Officer)

Thanks and good afternoon, everyone. We are transforming GoDaddy with the same financial rigor that has long defined us and our third quarter results reflect that focus. We delivered revenue above the high end of our guide and expanded our normalized EBITDA margin by approximately 120 basis points. We generated free cash flow of $481 million with trailing 12-month free cash flow of $1.8 billion and fully diluted shares outstanding of 123 million.

Taken together, these show strong continued progress toward our North Star. Total bookings grew 6% to $1.4 billion, in line with revenue growth. Applications and Commerce grew 8%, up from 7% in the second quarter. Airo adoption drove incremental bookings this quarter while productivity grew on targeted pricing actions taken earlier this year, partially offset by a lower unit volume as customers renewed email accounts with fewer seats. Airo unit growth acceleration was led by our Starter tier as many existing presence customers migrated to annual Airo plans.

Higher unit volume and token credits more than offset the lower price point of this entry-level tier. That growth came largely before we introduced Airo in the domains purchase path, our largest funnel, in late Q3. Core Platform grew 4% driven by an increased volume of high-value transactions and strength in new primary domain registrations and renewals across many of our TLDs. Total revenue for the quarter grew 6% to $1.3 billion and ARR grew 5% to $4.5 billion with international revenue up 3% to $436 million. Our Applications and Commerce segment grew 9% to $524 million on continued growth in productivity and commerce, partially offset by the ongoing transition of customers to Airo from Websites + Marketing that we began in the first quarter.

Segment EBITDA margin expanded roughly 120 basis points to 47%. Core Platform grew 4% to $818 million on a strong aftermarket, overcoming a tough compare driven by increased volume of high-value transactions. Segment EBITDA margin was flat at 33%. Underpinning everything we are doing is the resilience and durability of our model. Once customers are with GoDaddy, they tend to stay and do more with us. More than half of our customers have at least two paid products and retention rates remain above 85% and continue to improve. For Airo customers, more than 70% have at least two paid products, with ARPU reaching $253 and more customers spending over $500 annually. We are now using Airo to attract and retain high-intent customers and help them adopt more of our products.

Our experience shows that customers spending over $500 annually with two or more paid products have nearly perfect retention. As Airo helps us build more of these relationships, we see an opportunity to strengthen retention and customer lifetime value over the long term, and the strength of our model allows us to pursue these opportunities while still returning capital to shareholders. Normalized EBITDA grew 10% to $449 million with margin expanding approximately 120 basis points to 33%, reflecting revenue growth and continued expense discipline. Free cash flow grew 9% to $481 million with normalized EBITDA converting to free cash flow at better than a one-to-one ratio. Our healthy balance sheet gives us flexibility to move quickly as the market evolves. We ended the quarter with $1.1 billion in cash and total liquidity of $2.3 billion.

Net debt was $2.7 billion, representing net leverage of 1.4 times on a trailing 12-month basis, well within our target range. We also continued our responsible and prudent capital allocation program, repurchasing 5 million shares for $477 million during the third quarter. Year to date through October 26th, we repurchased $1.4 billion, reducing our fully diluted shares outstanding by 12%. Turning to our outlook for the full year, we expect to finish toward the higher end of our $5.215 to $5.255 billion dollar range, helped by outperformance in the aftermarket. In the first three quarters we expect A&C revenue growth of approximately 10% and Core Platform revenue growth of approximately 4% for the full year. For the fourth quarter, absent any impact of FX, we expect bookings growth to accelerate and be slightly ahead of revenue growth, driven by the increasing units from adoption of Airo within our A&C segment.

We are reaffirming our normalized EBITDA margin target of over 33% for the year, reflecting more than 100 basis points of expansion on continued operating leverage and AI-driven productivity. Alongside continued investment in AI products, platform, marketing, and compute, we are reaffirming our full-year free cash flow target of approximately $1.8 billion with a normalized EBITDA conversion ratio of greater than one to one. On capital allocation, we operate within a disciplined returns-based framework. We remain focused on allocating capital to its highest value uses with a priority on driving long-term shareholder returns. Taken together, our free cash flow and approach to capital allocation keeps us on track to deliver on our free cash flow North Star of a three-year CAGR of over 25%, well ahead of the 20% target we set at our last Investor Day.

Finally, we look forward to hosting many of you at our Investor Night on December 1, 2026 at our Tempe, Arizona headquarters. Registration for the evening is now open. Please contact our Investor Relations team at investorsodaddy.com to request a link for registration. We will use the evening to give you a more comprehensive view of our strategy, how we plan to invest behind it, and what we expect it to deliver for our customers and our shareholders.

With that, we’ll hand the call back over to our VP of Investor Relations, Christy Masoner, to open up the call for Q&A.

Christy Masoner (VP of Investor Relations)

Thanks, Mark. As a reminder, if you’d like to ask a question on today’s call, please use the raise hand feature at the bottom of the webinar screen to be added to the queue. Our first question comes from the line of Ken Wong at Oppenheimer. Ken, please go ahead.

Ken Wong (Analyst at Oppenheimer)

Great. Can you guys hear me? Great to hear that Airo is incrementally contributing to bookings. That seems to have come a lot faster than we would have expected. We’d love to see if you can maybe unpack that a little bit. How much of that is perhaps customers coming in at a higher total contract value, so that being additive, versus how much of it is potential new business that’s coming through the doors because of the Airo funnel, the marketing spend put behind it? Would just love to understand some of the moving pieces there.

Aman Bhutani (Chief Executive Officer)

Thanks, Ken. Super excited about Airo being incremental to bookings. And yes, it has come sooner than we expected too. Airo has grown very, very fast and customers love the product and are adopting it at higher rates than we expected overall, and Mark touched on this and I’m sure he’ll jump in as well. Overall, Airo is priced very competitively and we have worked hard to improve the attach with Airo as well. So, you know, overall we actually have to sell more units and attach it better to domains and other products to get it to be incremental because it’s cannibalizing Websites + Marketing.

And in the past we’ve also talked about our do-it-for-you offering that it cannibalizes. So we’re super excited about being incremental, but it’s actually had to jump a couple of significant hoops to get there. As an example, we added it to the domains path late in the quarter and overall it’s attaching already better than Websites + Marketing in the domains path, which is fantastic. We actually want it to attach better and better and better so we can bring more traffic into that path, have really strong attach rates, and then open up all kinds of jobs to be done with Airo.

Mark McCaffrey (Chief Financial Officer)

Yeah, and I’ll just add—you said a great amount—that we’re excited about the volume, excited that it’s incremental. So it’s adding more than we’re losing in our Websites + Marketing and other presence products, so it’s a great place to be. Almost all of it is attributable to the migration of existing customers, as we just launched it into the domain purchase path, so that didn’t contribute too much this quarter. And the exciting part is we’re seeing them come in at the lower Starter tier, but they’re attaching more credit packs.

And that attach is really propelling us to get to a better place and get to that incrementality faster than we thought. So more to come as obviously we rolled it out now, but really excited about the momentum of Airo right now in the marketplace.

Ken Wong (Analyst at Oppenheimer)

Got it. And then on the other side of the growth, how should we be thinking about potential margin pressures? I did notice gross margins downticked. Is there further erosion that we should be thinking about?

Mark McCaffrey (Chief Financial Officer)

Yeah, Ken. And, you know, there’s no doubt that Airo, from a gross margin perspective, has less of a gross margin than some of our, you know, internally developed software products like Websites + Marketing. So there will be pressure on the gross margin itself, but we think our operational efficiencies up and down the rest of the P&L will more than offset that and allow us to continue to expand our normalized EBITDA into the future. You know, obviously we have an Investor Day coming up, so we’ll talk a little bit more about what those moving parts are.

But yes, the gross margin is going to see a little deterioration as we move forward.

Ken Wong (Analyst at Oppenheimer)

All right, fantastic. Great outcome, guys. Thank you.

Christy Masoner (VP of Investor Relations)

Thank you. Thank you. Our next question comes from the line of Vic Casavotla from Baird. Vic, please go ahead.

Vic Casavotla (Analyst at Baird)

Hey, can you hear me?

Christy Masoner (VP of Investor Relations)

Okay, we can.

Vic Casavotla (Analyst at Baird)

Okay, great. Hey, thanks everyone. Thanks for taking the question. Hey, I wanted to follow up on some of your comments regarding the impact to the industry as more traffic originates from AI environments. Can you elaborate more on some of the steps that you’re taking to adapt to that trend? I know you expanded the suite of APIs this year. What are some of the early observations that you’re seeing from your efforts there? And then you also referenced testing some new pricing and bundling activity in 2027.

It’d be great if you could talk more about some of the opportunities that you see and how you plan to approach that process.

Aman Bhutani (Chief Executive Officer)

Yeah, thanks, Vic. On the AI traffic or with LLMs, we’re engaged with all of the LLM companies and there’s a lot of history with GoDaddy that we’re working through with them. But over the last quarter, we did see a jump in our traffic coming from LLMs. And, you know, it was on a small base, but it was a good result based on the efforts we have made. We still have a long ways to go and we think these new bundles that we mentioned will continue to help in that area.

But this is an ongoing activity with us and we just want to keep improving on it as much as we can. In terms of the new bundles, we’re taking pricing and bundling into sort of, you know, what it’s going to be in the future. And with the way LLMs are indexing and taking behavior, we think by introducing new value into our bundles we’ll get more traffic and better visibility in the LLMs. And that’s what we’re going after. We’ll be testing these bundles near the end of this year into early next year. And our expectation is that together with our efforts on improving some of the existing and adding the new, that we’ll continue to make improvements with these new sources of traffic.

And just very quickly on the APIs, yes, those are targeted towards, you know, the agent builders and sort of the CLI and the new, you can almost call it a new channel of traffic where customers are engaging differently and they’re buying differently. And our APIs are very new, but we’re excited about having expanded that quickly and we’re sort of working that track as well to get our APIs better integrated into the tools that are out there so we can attract that traffic as well.

Mark McCaffrey (Chief Financial Officer)

Generally, you know, we’re on pace and obviously a lot has to do with the momentum of Airo into the domain purchase path. But from what we’re seeing right now, we feel really good about the bookings being slightly ahead of our revenue coming out of the year, and obviously we’ll talk about 2027 as we get closer. But right now, you know, we’re seeing that trend. We feel good about the contribution of Airo and we feel that’s improving quarter to quarter.

Christy Masoner (VP of Investor Relations)

Our next question comes from the line of Mark Zagudowitz from StoneX. Please go ahead.

Mark Zagudowitz (Analyst at StoneX)

Thanks, Christy. Good evening, guys. Just curious, on the Airo cohort, I’m curious what percent of users convert to paid, repurchase credits, and renew?

Aman Bhutani (Chief Executive Officer)

Yeah. What we see with Airo—and I’ll give you color from sort of new customers that, you know, are not GoDaddy customers at all and existing; I’ll give you a little bit of color separately. What we’re seeing is that the free-to-paid conversion rate continues to be very healthy with Airo. And that’s one of the two key indicators we’re looking at in terms of how we’re positioning Airo, how we’re pricing it, and how customers are doing that free first build and then getting into paid.

And that number has remained very stable and healthy even as we’ve added more and more traffic to it. Whether it’s adding the traffic in the domains path or other sources or directly from channels, we’ve seen continued stability in that metric, which is fantastic. The other piece is we continue to have really good reaction from customers in terms of customer satisfaction, and that continues to tell us that it’s a good indicator for what renewal we might expect—that they’re able to build, they’re able to get to the outcome they’re looking for, and they give it a good score.

And in terms of adding other products, what we’re seeing is that when a new customer comes to Airo—and to be very clear, this is someone that’s not a GoDaddy customer—they actually add a second product 70% of the time, which compares to our average at a little over half. So Airo is actually really doing a great job for the customer we’re looking for, which is the high-intent customer—the customer that’s going to have two products, three products, and so on. So we’re pretty excited that even a lot of what we’ve done so far is with existing customers. The new we have is actually performing better than our average.

Mark Zagudowitz (Analyst at StoneX)

That’s helpful, Aman. And Mark, if I could ask a quick follow-up to an earlier question on the gross margin headwinds, is that still predominantly inference costs, or is there still like Websites + Marketing migration or product mix pressuring there? And how does that, I guess, alleviate itself? And when is there an open-weight model benefit at some point that you’re going to comp positively against? I’m just trying to get a sense of on the inference side when that maybe subsides.

Mark McCaffrey (Chief Financial Officer)

Yeah, and, you know, speaking specifically to A&C and Airo, you know, obviously our margin itself is pressured by other products like Aftermarket, which we’ve called out before. But when it comes to Airo, keep in mind a couple of mechanical things when it comes to bookings and revenue. While a lot of those costs are built into the inferences of the token use, that revenue on the subscription is recognized over time. So while it will improve over time, and we feel good about that improvement starting to show up as we go through 2027, it’s still not going to be at the margins that our things like Websites + Marketing was at.

So there will be some of that downward pressure as we go forward. So we feel good about margin—where it’s going. It’s positive, it’s contributing. Having said that, it will get better over time, and I’ll let Aman handle the inference part of this because I know it’s something we look at a lot.

Aman Bhutani (Chief Executive Officer)

Yeah. So I think I’ve probably touched on this before. At GoDaddy, we are a scaled hosting player. We do have some of our own data centers as well, and we do have actually GPUs deployed, and right now we are testing models that are open-weight models in our data centers. So, you know, what we’ve been seeing in the market is that the frontier models—they introduce sort of cheaper pricing; you know, they’re encouraging people to use it. And for Airo, we built the technology so Airo can switch between these models and use whichever makes the most sense.

So what you’re going to see from us over the next three, six, nine months is that we’re going to deliver the best value for our customers at a cost that we think delivers good margin for us and leads to a price that our customers can afford. And within that mix we will have all of the options, which include routing to different models for different queries, using open-weight versus frontier models, and a couple of other things that we’re very focused on in terms of what we can do internally with our data centers that doesn’t require us to go out third party.

So there’s three or four levers there that we intend to use to balance this equation, and we intend to do it incrementally—keep driving growth of Airo and keep managing its margin.

Mark McCaffrey (Chief Financial Officer)

And Mark, just coming back, these are the costs associated with Airo. There’s no other migration cost or anything along those lines associated with that.

Mark Zagudowitz (Analyst at StoneX)

Yep, got it. That’s interesting, guys. Thank you very much.

Christy Masoner (VP of Investor Relations)

Our next question comes from the line of James Michael Sherman Lewis. Please go ahead. James Michael,

James Michael Sherman Lewis (Analyst)

Hi there. Hopefully you can hear me. Two from me, if I may. First on the developer platform, could you touch on the adoption trends you’re seeing with that and how we should think about these new customer entry points to GoDaddy evolving into next year? And then, following up on that, given this more competitive domain discounting environment, should we expect any changes to your promotional intensity towards acquiring these new customers? Thank you.

Aman Bhutani (Chief Executive Officer)

Yeah, sure. On the developer platform, it’s all very, very new. We really want to get to a situation where our APIs have the competitive differentiator in terms of, you know, the breadth of products that we offer. So we just got to the point where we’ve got domains, we’ve got hosting, we’ve got commerce enabled as well, and professional email. You know, those four things together when, you know, combined, bundled, we think that’s differentiated. But we’re still very, very early and folks are just starting to realize that GoDaddy has this offering, and we have work to do in terms of go-to-market and linking it into all of the tools that people are using. But we’re very excited. It started out really well. We’ve done a bunch of testing, experimentation on it, we worked with customers, there’s a good ecosystem developing, and again, always a lot more to do. But we like where we’re going.

And on the second part of the question, you know, while we see domain intensity in terms of discounting and such, we have a long history of testing pricing, of testing merchandising, and we tend to look at these things in a very data-focused way. Right? We collect multiple data points, not in terms of just what the conversion is or units is or what bookings it carries, but also what kind of behaviors those customers have in terms of attach or second or third actions that they might take, which in some cases might take 14 days or 30 days or so on.

So I feel very good about our ability to continue to focus on that high-intent customer given the data we have. And if in the short term, you know, there are some tactical decisions that are made because of what I would call short-term dynamics, I think we have the ability to test into those and really compete where we need to compete. But overall, our strategy is based on the same ethos that we have had for a long time: test into these items, understand the data, and continue to look for that lifetime value that we know only exists when the customer has high intent, when they do multiple things with us, and then they stay with us a long time.

And that turns customer value into shareholder value.

James Michael Sherman Lewis (Analyst)

Thank you.

Christy Masoner (VP of Investor Relations)

Our next question comes from the line of Alexi Gogolov from J.P. Morgan. Alexi, please go ahead. Alexi, you’re still on mute. We will move to Arjun Bhatia. Oh, go ahead, go ahead. Alexi.

Alexi Gogolov (Analyst at J.P. Morgan)

Sorry about that, Christy. Mark, so you talked about starter tier growth plus higher attach of credit packs driving incrementally. Can you maybe share what percent of Airo bookings are credits versus subscription today, and whether credit attaches primarily from existing customer migrations or new customers coming through the domains path?

Mark McCaffrey (Chief Financial Officer)

Yeah, Alexi, thanks. And, you know, I would say it’s roughly two-thirds subscription, one-third credit packs is contributing, and it’s primarily coming from the migration as we launched Airo in the domain purchase path late in the quarter in and of itself. So that’s a pretty good breakdown of how it’s coming in right now. Now remember, you have to have a subscription to get to the credit pack, so it’s natural that it would have a ratio of about that.

Aman Bhutani (Chief Executive Officer)

I think the only thing to add, Alexi, is, you know, as we look at open-weight models and multiple sources of earning efficiency, and the agents themselves improve and the LLMs improve as well, this is a pretty dynamic space. So we watch it pretty carefully to see how it’s shifting, how customers are using these credits, and what value are they getting with them. So, you know, I would expect this space to still be dynamic given how early we are in the AI wave.

Thank you.

Alexi Gogolov (Analyst at J.P. Morgan)

And you said that LLM-originated traffic increased in 3Q but from a smaller base. Can you size that channel in a way that’s useful—maybe like a share of traffic or a share of new customer adds—and call out what specifically drove the improvement? Was it bundles or SEO or maybe API distribution?

Aman Bhutani (Chief Executive Officer)

Yeah, it’s a number of small improvements, Alexi, that we are focused on in terms of improvement. Some of it relates to what we control. Some of it relates to things on the Internet or how we work with partners. So we have a hit list of things that we’re going through. What’s encouraging for us is that as we got through some of the items on the list, we actually saw a jump. It’s again on a small basis—too small to parse out. But we are encouraged by that jump because it shows where our efforts are working.

And also keep in mind that a significant percentage of our traffic, like the majority of our traffic, comes to us directly. It’s based on our brand, it’s based on the awareness GoDaddy has and the customer base we have, and so on. So that’s still the larger area of focus for us. Thank you very much.

Christy Masoner (VP of Investor Relations)

Our next question comes from the line of Arjun Bhatia from William Blair. Arjun, please go ahead.

Willow (Analyst at William Blair)

Hi team, I’m Willow on for Arjun Bhatia, thanks for taking your question. Aman, you commented there are more jobs to be done with Airo on the GoDaddy platform. I’m curious to hear what are you seeing in terms of early repeat consumptive behavior related to Airo. Are customers already coming back to buy more credit packs given there are more opportunities to use these credits? Thanks.

Aman Bhutani (Chief Executive Officer)

Yeah, what we’re seeing is that there’s sort of a power-law type curve where, you know, a percentage of customers are using a lot of credit packs. Right. And, but most customers tend to use credit packs to get to a certain point and then they sort of turn more into a subscription-type model. Now for those customers, or with those customers, we think there’s a ton of opportunity because if we can help those customers discover that if they built a website, Aero can help them do marketing or Hero can help them respond to their customers or communicate with their customers, those are all incremental opportunities that we’re looking at.

Because, you know, with Aero, we already have a product that does a great job. Customers like it, it is priced to be very competitive. So we’re getting good energy into the product and now we can truly work on engagement and get people to do more and more and more with it. So I’m pretty excited about, you know, actually being able to move that needle with a large group of customers. And there’s two paths once they enter the Arrow platform. Right. And that’s why we’re seeing a lot at the starter. You know, once you get through your credit packs, you have the option to buy more or you can upgrade to the higher level tier and pay a higher subscription and get that access to those credit packs at a higher level as you move forward. So again, we’re giving the customers a couple different paths to grow and the initial engagement is showing that they’re doing both.

OPERATOR

Thank you. Our next question comes to the line of Kishan Patel from Raymond James. Kishan, please go ahead.

Kishan Patel (Analyst at Raymond James)

Hey, this is Kishan Patel on for Josh Beck. Where are you seeing the strongest early demand across the expanded suite of agentic APIs, and how are you thinking about the agentic hosting opportunity? Thank you.

Aman Bhutani (Chief Executive Officer)

Yeah, so I think it’s just very early for us to sort of comment on where we see the most. We’re excited to have the product, the APIs out there, and we’re excited to have the breadth of the product. Again, we have more to do there. In terms of agentic hosting, we think there’s a good opportunity for GoDaddy there. GoDaddy actually recently launched Node.js hosting, which is very much sort of, you know, the new style of hosting with a very simple experience, very competitive in terms of what it offers customers, and we’re seeing good adoption with those customers.

But most of that adoption is still coming from the web. For us, only a small percentage of it is coming from APIs, and we think that’s mostly a discovery issue. It’s not an issue in terms of the product we have or the API, but people just don’t know yet that GoDaddy has these APIs and this capability, and we have work to do to get there. Thanks very much. Thank you.

OPERATOR

Our next question comes from the line of Robert Kolbreth from Evercore. Please go ahead, Rob.

Robert Kolbreth (Analyst at Evercore)

Hi, I hope you can hear me. So just, I’m probably asking the same question a different way, but just wondering as users maybe get even, you know, users are migrating, get past that initial sort of maybe heavy build phase, just worrying the subscription itself, you know, with a multi-product attach, you know, setting aside the consumption of credit packs, is that enough to be sort of at equalization with WAM from a TLV perspective? Is it, you know, significantly lower?

Potentially higher? Just wanted to see if you have any early proof points or could be able to talk us through that a bit. And then wanted to ask, you know, as we’ve seen early proliferation of consumer agents who are doing a lot of subscription audits and things of that nature, if you’ve seen any change in behaviors whatsoever, you know, people coming in and maybe questioning how many of the domains they own or, you know, whether they want to, you know, have auto-renewal on or things like that. Yeah, so just wanted to ask on that too. Thank you very much.

Aman Bhutani (Chief Executive Officer)

Yeah, on the first one, you know, as we think about Websites + Marketing, I would just share the context that the optimization of Websites + Marketing across the different plans that exist has been done over here over multiple years, and what each of those plans have and how upsell happens into those plans or other products are attached into those plans. Those went through multiple optimization cycles. Right. So for Aero, while it’s very early, it’s already doing a very good job of attaching, with like Aero selling to more customers, and it’s doing a good job attaching other products now.

So Aero is able to keep up just by selling more basically, versus WAM, which is highly optimized. But when we look at it long term, we see those similar opportunities of multiple cycles of optimization that Aero can go through, which can deliver some of those same things that you’re talking about in the future, where it becomes more and more about stepping customers through the value that they get and being able to optimize the monetization of those pieces.

So while we’re not up that path that you’re talking about already, we are on the first few steps and we know where the staircase is, if you will. Right. So that should cover the first question. On the second question, we don’t yet see, you know, similar type of concern of agents coming in and doing things. I don’t know, Mark will comment on that a little bit perhaps. But the domain names tend to be things that people are really attached to. People don’t typically give up their domain if they think that that idea has any remote value for them. And it’s typically one of the smaller purchases a customer is doing across their ecosystem of purchases.

Right. Very often what customers are paying for a domain for a year is less than what they’re paying every month for other subscriptions that they have. So, you know, I’m not sure that we have yet seen the type of behavior that you’re talking about.

Mark McCaffrey (Chief Financial Officer)

Yeah, I would even add a step further. If anything, we’re seeing stronger retention rates, and included in that is the retention improving around our domains over the last couple years. We haven’t seen anything that looks as a headwind to that improvement. Again, it’s a result of going after the high-intent customers. We did call out that, you know, email renewals, we are seeing some seat reductions there, but there’s no indication that that’s agent-driven versus just customers needing fewer seats with their emails right now for the micro business.

Robert Kolbreth (Analyst at Evercore)

Thank you very much.

OPERATOR

Thank you. Our next question comes to the line of Navid Khan from B Riley. Navid, please go.

Navid Khan (Analyst at B. Riley)

Great. Can you hear me? Great. So I just wanted to clarify something first. I think one thing on just on bookings growth, I think you spoke about how Q4 bookings should be slightly ahead of revenue and I think it was in the context of overall revenue. How should we be thinking about ANC? I think ANC is that revenue should be around roughly 10%. So just help us think through ANC bookings and why shouldn’t ANC bookings accelerate if, you know, Aero is deployed on a broader scale?

That’s part one of the question. And the second thing I wanted to ask is just launch of, you know, say, you know, other agents, like Meta just launched Meta Business agents, and how do you sort of think about GoDaddy’s sort of agentic offering working in conjunction with those that are available through these large platforms such as Meta. Thank you.

Mark McCaffrey (Chief Financial Officer)

Yeah, thanks, David. I’ll take the first part on that one. Yes, the comment that we would be slightly ahead on bookings to revenue was for the full year, but we attribute it to the momentum in Arrow adoption, which is obviously ANC-related. So we do expect to see, you know, bookings ahead of revenue in ANC in and of itself. Again, we just launched Arrow into the domain purchase path, so we have some data points, but yet this will be the first full quarter we’ll be able to observe that momentum and see how it’s attaching.

Early signs are great, but, you know, we’ll keep everybody updated. We like where the fourth quarter is going and we like this trajectory, but yet it’s early in the journey right now.

Aman Bhutani (Chief Executive Officer)

Yeah. And on agents like Muse, I think we’ll see how these agents are positioned and, you know, what jobs to be done these agents do and how far they go in terms of being able to do certain things. Aero is very targeted towards our customer. Aero has built-in things like hosting and payments and a number of jobs to be done that Aero can natively handle, and we think there’s an advantage to an agent that has all of those items built in and being able to produce an outcome fairly easily for customers.

But, you know, it’s a brave new world and, you know, it’s kind of like the start of the Internet again. There’s lots of new things, lots of new business models, you know, lots of technology and, you know, customer adoption to think about. You know, I don’t know if you caught my comment at the beginning of the prepared remarks that we have a thesis, or I have a thesis, that all software is going to get rewritten with the agent at the heart of every software.

It’s not about putting agents on top of software, it’s about having agents at the core of software. And I think we’re going to see consumer behavior evolve and we’re going to see these technologies come in, and a year from now we’ll be looking back at much of this and saying, oh, wow, look at how much it’s changed. So I think we’re pretty excited about where we are with Aero. Clearly, customers love it — shared the data points. You know, clearly it’s adding value for customers.

So we’re going to keep pushing as hard as we can and moving as quickly as we can. And I’m sure there’ll be competition in all sorts of ways.

Navid Khan (Analyst at B. Riley)

Thank you, Aman. Thank you, Mark.

OPERATOR

Thank you. Our next question comes from the line of Jack Halpert, on for Deepak Mahavanan at Cantor Fitzgerald. Jack, please go ahead.

Jack Halpert (Analyst at Cantor Fitzgerald)

Thanks, guys. Can you hear me?

OPERATOR

All right, we can.

Jack Halpert (Analyst at Cantor Fitzgerald)

Awesome. Got two for me. Just one on customers: I think you’ve talked about customers spending over $500 a year with two or more products have nearly perfect retention — I think you said that before. Is there a way to frame kind of what share of your kind of 20.5 million customers sit in that cohort today and maybe how fast it’s growing? I think in the past, maybe in 4Q, you said around 10%. But just curious, the trends there. And then the second one just on kind of operating expenses. Can you talk about how you guys are leveraging AI internally for efficiencies? Do you view that as like a key lever to offset spend and planned marketing behind Arrow? And if not, maybe like kind of what are the other levers that you have to sort of offset that like you talked about in the prepared remarks? Thank you.

Mark McCaffrey (Chief Financial Officer)

I’ll start with the— Yeah, it’s about 10% customer group, $500 plus. It is improving, but I think 10% is a good, good, good base point as we move forward around that number. And then you want to—

Aman Bhutani (Chief Executive Officer)

Yeah, you know, when we look at the use of AI internally and our OPEX spend, it comes back to some of the things that we talked about for Aero as well. You know, of course AI adoption has moved very quickly at GoDaddy. You know, a large majority of our software is now written with AI tools and with AI, and, you know, we have paths to being able to make it more and more efficient. Right. We have the ability to route to different models. We have the ability to run models in our own data centers.

As I said, you know, we are testing actively with open-weight models for Aero, and our priority has always been to put Aero first to create the best experience for our customers. But all of those capabilities are going to trickle down, I would say, over the next three to six months into our operations as well. And very likely you will see GoDaddy employees using more and more and more tokens, but at the same or lower cost.

Jack Halpert (Analyst at Cantor Fitzgerald)

Got it. Very helpful. Thanks, guys.

OPERATOR

Our next question comes in line of Brent Thill from Jefferies. Brent, please go ahead.

John Bien (Analyst at Jefferies)

Hi, thank you. This is John Bien from Brent Thill. I had two questions and one was similar to another one earlier but maybe a different way. But the ANS revenue, given you expect faster bookings, I mean, does that mean we should expect the ANS revenues to rebound after we end this year? And then second question is the international growth was a little bit weaker than us. Was there anything to explain that? Thank you.

Mark McCaffrey (Chief Financial Officer)

On the ANS revenue, obviously we are excited about the bookings trajectory of what we’re seeing related to Arrow and the momentum around it. Just a reminder, we’re now adding different elements and levers into our revenue models today. So the timing of that revenue may shift from period to period depending on things like the usage of the token tokens, the subscriptions, when they start. So, so again we’re in a good spot. We like the momentum electric trajectory on the international growth.

Nothing to call out. I think in prior quarters we’ve had aftermarket transactions that were international. This quarter most of the aftermarket transactions were domestic in the U.S. So that just explained the variation there.

John Bien (Analyst at Jefferies)

Okay, thank you.

OPERATOR

Our next question comes from the line of Chris Zhang from UBS. Chris, please go ahead. Chris, are you there? We will move on to Elizabeth Porter from Morgan Stanley. Elizabeth, please go ahead.

Elizabeth Porter (Analyst at Morgan Stanley)

Hi. Yes, thanks so much for the question. I wanted to ask around domain pricing and I believe we have a Verisign price increase coming soon. And just given the industry has been more competitive or sensitive to prices recently, how are you thinking about working through the latest Verisign price increase? Thanks.

Aman Bhutani (Chief Executive Officer)

Thanks, Elizabeth. So, you know, even if we look back the last few years, we tend to take price based on our pricing and borrowing initiative versus when a partner may take pricing. So you’ll actually see that, you know, we’re looking at our overall set of metrics, whether it be bookings or retention rate or actually a slew of other metrics to take a price increase versus now. And that includes competitive behavior as well. So I think generally speaking we are sort of quite on top of understanding how we want to handle that price increase.

And we have a plan and it’s all already rolled up into what Mark talks about. And we usually come to that very early in the process when we come to know about it itself. So we feel comfortable with our approach there and we’ll likely continue the same approach going into the next few years.

Mark McCaffrey (Chief Financial Officer)

Yeah, and I’ll just add just a reminder, you know, the price increases are done on the renewals, not on the new. And, you know, they show up over a period of time as people renew.

Elizabeth Porter (Analyst at Morgan Stanley)

Great. And then just as a follow up, I wanted to circle back on some of the OPEX efficiency that you guys are looking to deliver. And you guys have been a pretty efficient business for a long time. So just wanted to put a finer point on where some of those incremental opportunities are.

Mark McCaffrey (Chief Financial Officer)

Yeah, I’ll start. You know, Elizabeth, a couple years ago in our investor day we talked about the tailwinds that we had around opex. You know, the growth of ANC at higher margin profile, access to global talent and, and obviously, you know, the efficiencies we got from, through some of the actions we had taken in 2023 and going into 2024, all those continue to provide us a tailwind as we go forward at different levels. But they continue to provide that tailwind.

Then on top of that now you have the efficiencies around productivity gains within our operating expenses that are really starting to show up, I would say up and down the P and L now. Remember when I talked about our 33% target a couple years ago when we reaffirmed today the productivity gains were not a part of that equation when we did that. So they are becoming incremental to our operating leverage as we speak here today. And also giving us an opportunity to make choices about where we invest those savings.

Aman talked about, you know, the Arrow and the cost associated with Arrow. But it also comes into play around marketing when we get behind marketing for Arrow and obviously as we continue our innovation, our ability to make sure that we’re seeing all the jobs to be done and creating that operating system that we want for the micro businesses. So, you know, I’d love to call out one big item in our operating expense but frankly you could go from legal to accounting to tax to HR to right down the line, and you’re seeing the productivity gains amongst the whole organization right now.

Aman Bhutani (Chief Executive Officer)

Yeah, I think Mark, you covered it well and we will definitely touch on this at the investor night as well. But one other item, and I think Mark just briefly touched on it, but I’ll sit two bits more is that the product evolution that we see with our strategy of the agentic operating system should lead to efficiencies over time. Right. As an example with Websites + Marketing, it’s not that Websites + Marketing has completely gone away, it is still there.

We have a lot of customers on Websites + Marketing but we have replaced it for the most part in new now. And customers that would have moved to an AI-based product, many of them are moving to Arrow. Right. But being able to have a platform like Arrow where we can add the next job to be done and the next thing. And the next thing. The cost of us doing that is appreciably less than what it would be to add something new after Websites + Marketing. And we’ll talk a little bit more about that at the investor night.

But those are some of the things outside of, you know, what you see as the core operations of the company. It’s really the product strategy of the company evolving as well.

Mark McCaffrey (Chief Financial Officer)

And I would be remiss if I didn’t talk about the productivity gains that we have in care as well. So I’ll just add that to the list.

Elizabeth Porter (Analyst at Morgan Stanley)

Great, thank you so much.

OPERATOR

Our next question comes from the line of Eagle Aranian from Wedbush. Eagle, please go ahead.

Eagle Aranian (Analyst at Wedbush)

Hey guys, good afternoon. Maybe I’ll, I guess, sorry if this has been asked or you addressed it on the call. Just bouncing around that a lot happening tonight just on the ANS and I know you mentioned it, but there’s obviously a lot more happening in the agentic world, still early but becoming more mature, and security elements around that and domains becoming more greater in focus. And you’re getting closer to being clear on the monetization opportunity.

Are you seeing any early signs of that? Just give us an update on where you are and when we can expect to start to see it hit the financials.

Aman Bhutani (Chief Executive Officer)

Yeah, we’re pretty excited about the agentic open web, and really what it comes down to on the agentic open web is that we have to, we as the world has to, decide whether we’re going to treat agents as humans or as machines. You know, on the Internet today humans are anonymous, they have anonymity, but machines don’t. Machines have IP addresses and you can trace them. And our thought process behind ANS is that agents should have identity, we should be able to identify them.

And the reason that’s important is because identity builds trust and trust enables engagement, it enables commerce. And all the engagement and commerce create opportunity. And that opportunity can be a tailwind for every industry as agents become the bigger and bigger part of the Internet. So we’re still pretty excited about it. I talked about it a little bit. We just did a big demonstration of how agents could transact on the open web and have identity and be trusted. As part of that demonstration we also showed how two agents that have never engaged before can complete a transaction, but also rogue agents can be rejected because of how the open standards are evolving. And we think that that’s a tremendous opportunity. You know, it is still a long-term play.

While we have, you know, some of the best companies in the world engaged on it, we continue to sort of wait for that moment where we can truly break through on it and make it very, very large. So pretty excited about ANS but it continues to be a long-term opportunity.

Mark McCaffrey (Chief Financial Officer)

And, you know, it’s not in any of our numbers as they exist today, just FYI.

Eagle Aranian (Analyst at Wedbush)

And then as a second on sort of the competitive pricing environment you guys are talking about here, you know, I guess do you think that there could be a prolonged pricing environment as the competitive ecosystem continues to evolve here? And can you talk a little bit more about what you’re seeing in the credit packs and particularly in the upgrade paths in terms of conversion? Are customers less price sensitive at that point? What are you seeing when people are hitting that wall?

Is it too early to tell or just any early signals around that?

Aman Bhutani (Chief Executive Officer)

Yeah, I think on discounting or pricing, I think what is going to happen is in every iteration of products coming out to customers with new technology, we have to increase the value for customers and then find ways monetize that and create margin for shareholders and the company. And I think we’re going through that cycle. This is where we’re pretty excited about some of the new bundles that we’re going to test over the next three to six months because we think they address some of these exact things that we’re talking about and, you know, have us be very, very competitive on them.

And on the credit packs, I don’t know if there’s more to be added versus what you already said, Mark.

Mark McCaffrey (Chief Financial Officer)

No, no, there’s nothing to call out at this juncture. I mean, we’re seeing, you know, healthy attach of the credit packs. We’re seeing, you know, customers coming back for more. We’re seeing power users of credit packs and then we’re seeing regular users. But it’s too early to really say, hey, this is a pattern we can call out as permanent given the, you know, newness of the introduction.

Aman Bhutani (Chief Executive Officer)

Yeah, I think the one comment I made is that this is all very dynamic space with improvement in LLMs, improvement in agents, open weight models. Like I would say this is an early, a very dynamic thing and let’s see how it progresses over time.

Eagle Aranian (Analyst at Wedbush)

Got it. Thank you.

OPERATOR

We will try again for Chris Song. Chris Zong from UBS. Are you there?

Chris Zhang (Analyst at UBS)

Yes, I’m here. Can you hear me now?

OPERATOR

We can. Thank you.

Chris Zhang (Analyst at UBS)

Awesome. Thank you so much. I also have two questions, if I could. The first one also on ANS just because of the recent development in the market and also the chain of trust demonstration appears very fascinating. Just wanted to think more conceptually, understanding that, you know, it’s not in numbers. I don’t think anyone is actually present for immediate direct monetization. But thinking about the role of ANS longer term, especially in a commerce transaction, I think there can be a lot of collaboration with what the card networks are doing or can be doing and maybe there’s some overlap, but overall I think it’s more of part of the ecosystem.

But on the other hand, in terms of monetization, I feel like maybe more of the monetization is going to be done through the payments ecosystem with the benefit accruing to them with the agentic network tokens and trusted agent protocols by the card networks. So is it fair to understand that ANS is more of a longer-term indirect driver for domain subscription growth or is there any other scenario you could potentially monetize ANS? And compared to this, what’s the incremental investment you see needed in the years to come?

Aman Bhutani (Chief Executive Officer)

Yeah, I’ll be super quick because we’re almost at time. We do think ANS is a great tailwind for domains and, you know, continue to keep domains at the heart and DNS at the heart of the agentic open web. You listed out a number of use cases. We actually believe that there are many use cases in terms of ANS monetization. We are pursuing a couple of them, we’re excited about them, but there’s a lot to prove out with it, I would say, over the next few months and years.

And I think you had a second question on incremental investment.

Mark McCaffrey (Chief Financial Officer)

And I’ll just really quickly say, listen, we have built out the infrastructure around DNS and this will be on top of the DNS and an evolution of that structure. There probably is some stuff, but we are not there yet. We still are looking for adoption, we’re still looking at how this would roll out, and making sure people agree with the concept and where we’re going. That’s the most important part right now. Yeah, we’re right at the end. I’ll give you a couple data points. The 70% is based on paid products. That doesn’t include any free products within that metric. Most of the time, it relates to domain, then email is probably the next place they go, and that seems to be the makeup of the attaches that exist today.

Aman Bhutani (Chief Executive Officer)

And just to clarify, all the 70% is out of all Airo customers that are new. So there is no domain-only here. We’re taking a cohort of new Airo customers that don’t have other products. And what’s the second product they attach? And that percentage is higher than our average, which is another good reason to say Airo is very exciting.

Christy Masoner (VP of Investor Relations)

That concludes our questions. I’ll turn it back over to you, Aman, to close the call out.

Aman Bhutani (Chief Executive Officer)

Thank you all for joining. Very quickly, a big thanks to all GoDaddy employees, and we’re looking forward to seeing many of our shareholders at our investor night.

Disclaimer: This transcript is provided for informational purposes only. While we strive for accuracy, there may be errors or omissions in this automated transcription. For official company statements and financial information, please refer to the company’s SEC filings and official press releases. Corporate participants’ and analysts’ statements reflect their views as of the date of this call and are subject to change without notice.

© 2026 Benzinga.com. Benzinga does not provide investment advice. All rights reserved.
2026-10-29 23:49 2d ago
2026-10-29 18:36 2d ago
GoDaddy (GDDY) Beats Q3 Earnings and Revenue Estimates
GDDY Godaddy
FMP Stock News
Original source text
GoDaddy (GDDY - Free Report) came out with quarterly earnings of $2.08 per share, beating the Zacks Consensus Estimate of $1.82 per share. This compares to earnings of $1.51 per share a year ago. These figures are adjusted for non-recurring items.

This quarterly report represents an earnings surprise of +14.29%. A quarter ago, it was expected that this cloud-based technology products developer would post earnings of $1.72 per share when it actually produced earnings of $1.83, delivering a surprise of +6.4%.

Over the last four quarters, the company has surpassed consensus EPS estimates four times.

GoDaddy, which belongs to the Zacks Internet - Delivery Services industry, posted revenues of $1.34 billion for the quarter ended September 2026, surpassing the Zacks Consensus Estimate by 1.10%. This compares to year-ago revenues of $1.27 billion. The company has topped consensus revenue estimates four times over the last four quarters.

The sustainability of the stock's immediate price movement based on the recently-released numbers and future earnings expectations will mostly depend on management's commentary on the earnings call.

GoDaddy shares have lost about 14.1% since the beginning of the year versus the S&P 500's gain of 13.1%.

What's Next for GoDaddy?While GoDaddy has underperformed the market so far this year, the question that comes to investors' minds is: what's next for the stock?

There are no easy answers to this key question, but one reliable measure that can help investors address this is the company's earnings outlook. Not only does this include current consensus earnings expectations for the coming quarter(s), but also how these expectations have changed lately.

Empirical research shows a strong correlation between near-term stock movements and trends in earnings estimate revisions. Investors can track such revisions by themselves or rely on a tried-and-tested rating tool like the Zacks Rank, which has an impressive track record of harnessing the power of earnings estimate revisions.

Ahead of this earnings release, the estimate revisions trend for GoDaddy was mixed. While the magnitude and direction of estimate revisions could change following the company's just-released earnings report, the current status translates into a Zacks Rank #3 (Hold) for the stock. So, the shares are expected to perform in line with the market in the near future. You can see the complete list of today's Zacks #1 Rank (Strong Buy) stocks here.

It will be interesting to see how estimates for the coming quarters and the current fiscal year change in the days ahead. The current consensus EPS estimate is $1.97 on $1.35 billion in revenues for the coming quarter and $7.24 on $5.24 billion in revenues for the current fiscal year.

Investors should be mindful of the fact that the outlook for the industry can have a material impact on the performance of the stock as well. In terms of the Zacks Industry Rank, Internet - Delivery Services is currently in the bottom 25% of the 250 plus Zacks industries. Our research shows that the top 50% of the Zacks-ranked industries outperform the bottom 50% by a factor of more than 2 to 1.

One other stock from the same industry, QuinStreet (QNST - Free Report) , is yet to report results for the quarter ended September 2026. The results are expected to be released on November 4.

This online marketing services company is expected to post quarterly earnings of $0.39 per share in its upcoming report, which represents a year-over-year change of +77.3%. The consensus EPS estimate for the quarter has been revised 0.5% higher over the last 30 days to the current level.

QuinStreet's revenues are expected to be $374.74 million, up 31.1% from the year-ago quarter.
2026-10-29 23:49 2d ago
2026-10-29 19:01 2d ago
Compared to Estimates, GoDaddy (GDDY) Q3 Earnings: A Look at Key Metrics
GDDY Godaddy
FMP Stock News
Original source text
For the quarter ended September 2026, GoDaddy (GDDY - Free Report) reported revenue of $1.34 billion, up 6.1% over the same period last year. EPS came in at $2.08, compared to $1.51 in the year-ago quarter.

The reported revenue compares to the Zacks Consensus Estimate of $1.33 billion, representing a surprise of +1.1%. The company delivered an EPS surprise of +14.29%, with the consensus EPS estimate being $1.82.

While investors scrutinize revenue and earnings changes year-over-year and how they compare with Wall Street expectations to determine their next move, some key metrics always offer a more accurate picture of a company's financial health.

Since these metrics play a crucial role in driving the top- and bottom-line numbers, comparing them with the year-ago numbers and what analysts estimated about them helps investors better project a stock's price performance.

Here is how GoDaddy performed in the just reported quarter in terms of the metrics most widely monitored and projected by Wall Street analysts:

Total customers at period end: 20.5 million versus 20.48 million estimated by seven analysts on average.Total bookings: $1.43 billion versus the seven-analyst average estimate of $1.42 billion.Annualized Recurring Revenue (ARR): $4.51 billion compared to the $4.53 billion average estimate based on two analysts.Revenue- Applications & commerce: $524.3 million versus the eight-analyst average estimate of $532.11 million. The reported number represents a year-over-year change of +9%.Revenue- Core platform: $817.5 million versus $794.78 million estimated by eight analysts on average. Compared to the year-ago quarter, this number represents a +4.2% change.Segment EBITDA- Core platform: $268.9 million compared to the $264.02 million average estimate based on two analysts.Segment EBITDA- Applications & commerce: $246 million versus the two-analyst average estimate of $248.44 million.View all Key Company Metrics for GoDaddy here>>>

Shares of GoDaddy have returned +11.6% over the past month versus the Zacks S&P 500 composite's +0.9% change. The stock currently has a Zacks Rank #3 (Hold), indicating that it could perform in line with the broader market in the near term.
2026-10-29 23:48 2d ago
2026-10-29 17:38 2d ago
Harley-Davidson Is Defying Gravity At This Point
HOG Harley-Davidson
FMP Stock News
Original source text
SummaryHarley-Davidson is overvalued at a 27x P/E, despite weak operating income and declining sales forecasts through 2027.Current retail and inventory improvements do not translate into sustainable earnings recovery; management's 2026E guidance implies minimal profitability.I lower my fair value target to $14/share, based on an 8-9x P/E and $1.9/share EPS, and maintain a 'Hold' rating.HOG's risk/reward profile is unattractive given its cyclical nature, aging customer base, and limited upside without a dramatic operational turnaround.Looking for a portfolio of ideas like this one? Members of Wolf of Value get exclusive access to our subscriber-only portfolios. Learn More » georgeclerk/iStock Unreleased via Getty Images

This one is going to be an interesting update—not because Harley-Davidson (HOG) in itself is a risky or bad company, but because the company's earnings or development do not at this time, in my view, warrant what's going on with this stock. Since

35.51K Followers

Analyst’s Disclosure: I/we have no stock, option or similar derivative position in any of the companies mentioned, and no plans to initiate any such positions within the next 72 hours. I wrote this article myself, and it expresses my own opinions. I am not receiving compensation for it (other than from Seeking Alpha). I have no business relationship with any company whose stock is mentioned in this article.

While this article may sound like financial advice, please observe that the author is not a CFA or in any way licensed to give financial advice. It may be structured as such, but it is not financial advice. Investors are required and expected to do their own due diligence and research prior to any investment. Short-term trading, options trading/investment and futures trading are potentially extremely risky investment styles. They generally are not appropriate for someone with limited capital, limited investment experience, or a lack of understanding for the necessary risk tolerance involved. I own the European/Scandinavian tickers (not the ADRs) of all European/Scandinavian companies listed in my articles. I own the Canadian tickers of all Canadian stocks I write about. Please note that investing in European/Non-US stocks comes with withholding tax risks specific to the company's domicile as well as your personal situation. Investors should always consult a tax professional as to the overall impact of dividend withholding taxes and ways to mitigate these.

Seeking Alpha's Disclosure: Past performance is no guarantee of future results. No recommendation or advice is being given as to whether any investment is suitable for a particular investor. Any views or opinions expressed above may not reflect those of Seeking Alpha as a whole. Seeking Alpha is not a licensed securities dealer, broker or US investment adviser or investment bank. Our analysts are third party authors that include both professional investors and individual investors who may not be licensed or certified by any institute or regulatory body.
2026-10-29 23:47 2d ago
2026-10-29 18:28 2d ago
Cullen/Frost Bankers, Inc. (CFR) Q3 2026 Earnings Call Transcript
CFR Cullen/Frost Bankers
FMP Stock News
Original source text
Cullen/Frost Bankers, Inc. (CFR) Q3 2026 Earnings Call October 29, 2026 2:00 PM EDT

Company Participants

A. Mendez - Director of Investor Relations
Phillip Green - Chairman of the Board & CEO
Dan Geddes - Group Executive VP & CFO

Conference Call Participants

William Jones - Keefe, Bruyette, & Woods, Inc., Research Division
Jared David Shaw - Barclays Bank PLC, Research Division
Ebrahim Poonawala - BofA Securities, Research Division
Peter Winter - D.A. Davidson & Co., Research Division
Ryan Kenny - Morgan Stanley, Research Division
Sun Young Lee - TD Cowen, Research Division
Girard Sweeney
Casey Haire
Michael Rose - Raymond James & Associates, Inc., Research Division
David Chiaverini - Jefferies LLC, Research Division
Jon Arfstrom - RBC Capital Markets, Research Division

Presentation

Operator

Greetings. Welcome to Cullen/Frost Bankers, Inc. Third Quarter 2026 Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions] Please note, this conference is being recorded.

I will now turn the conference over to A.B. Mendez, Senior Vice President and Director of Investor Relations. Thank you. You may begin.

A. Mendez
Director of Investor Relations

Thanks, Sherry. This afternoon's conference call will be led by Phil Green, Chairman and CEO; and Dan Geddes, Group Executive Vice President and CFO. Before I turn the call over to Phil and Dan, I need to take a moment to address the safe harbor provisions.

All the remarks made today will constitute forward-looking statements as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 as amended. We intend such statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 as amended. Please see the last page of text in this morning's earnings release for additional information about the risk factors associated with these forward-looking statements. If needed, a copy of the release is available on our website or by calling the Investor Relations department at (210) 220-5234.
2026-10-29 23:46 2d ago
2026-10-29 19:16 2d ago
Why the Market Dipped But Ralph Lauren (RL) Gained Today
RL Ralph Lauren
FMP Stock News
Original source text
Ralph Lauren (RL - Free Report) closed at $400.52 in the latest trading session, marking a +2.81% move from the prior day. The stock outpaced the S&P 500's daily loss of 0.31%. On the other hand, the Dow registered a loss of 0.25%, and the technology-centric Nasdaq decreased by 1.38%.

Heading into today, shares of the upscale clothing company had gained 9.71% over the past month, outpacing the Consumer Discretionary sector's gain of 1.99% and the S&P 500's gain of 0.87%.

Investors will be eagerly watching for the performance of Ralph Lauren in its upcoming earnings disclosure. The company's earnings report is set to be unveiled on November 5, 2026. The company is expected to report EPS of $4.26, up 12.4% from the prior-year quarter. Meanwhile, the latest consensus estimate predicts the revenue to be $2.14 billion, indicating a 6.22% increase compared to the same quarter of the previous year.

In terms of the entire fiscal year, the Zacks Consensus Estimates predict earnings of $18.84 per share and a revenue of $8.73 billion, indicating changes of +13.56% and +7.57%, respectively, from the former year.

Investors should also pay attention to any latest changes in analyst estimates for Ralph Lauren. Such recent modifications usually signify the changing landscape of near-term business trends. As a result, upbeat changes in estimates indicate analysts' favorable outlook on the business health and profitability.

Our research suggests that these changes in estimates have a direct relationship with upcoming stock price performance. To take advantage of this, we've established the Zacks Rank, an exclusive model that considers these estimated changes and delivers an operational rating system.

Ranging from #1 (Strong Buy) to #5 (Strong Sell), the Zacks Rank system has a proven, outside-audited track record of outperformance, with #1 stocks returning an average of +25% annually since 1988. Within the past 30 days, our consensus EPS projection has moved 0.29% higher. Ralph Lauren presently features a Zacks Rank of #2 (Buy).

From a valuation perspective, Ralph Lauren is currently exchanging hands at a Forward P/E ratio of 20.68. This signifies a premium in comparison to the average Forward P/E of 16.3 for its industry.

Investors should also note that RL has a PEG ratio of 1.46 right now. The PEG ratio bears resemblance to the frequently used P/E ratio, but this parameter also includes the company's expected earnings growth trajectory. The Textile - Apparel industry had an average PEG ratio of 1.87 as trading concluded yesterday.

The Textile - Apparel industry is part of the Consumer Discretionary sector. This group has a Zacks Industry Rank of 191, putting it in the bottom 23% of all 250+ industries.

The Zacks Industry Rank evaluates the power of our distinct industry groups by determining the average Zacks Rank of the individual stocks forming the groups. Our research shows that the top 50% rated industries outperform the bottom half by a factor of 2 to 1.

Ensure to harness Zacks.com to stay updated with all these stock-shifting metrics, among others, in the next trading sessions.
2026-10-29 23:46 2d ago
2026-10-29 19:14 2d ago
Rosen Law Firm Encourages J.B. Hunt Transport Services, Inc. Investors to Inquire About Securities Class Action Investigation - JBHT
JBHT JB Hunt Transport Services
FMP Stock News
Original source text
, /PRNewswire/ --

Why: Rosen Law Firm, a global investor rights law firm, continues to investigate potential securities claims on behalf of shareholders of J.B. Hunt Transport Services, Inc. (NASDAQ: JBHT) resulting from allegations that J.B. Hunt may have issued materially misleading business information to the investing public.

So What: If you purchased J.B. Hunt securities you may be entitled to compensation without payment of any out of pocket fees or costs through a contingency fee arrangement. The Rosen Law Firm is preparing a class action seeking recovery of investor losses.

What to do next: To join the prospective class action, go to https://rosenlegal.com/cases/jb-hunt-transport-services-inc/join or call Phillip Kim, Esq. toll-free at 866-767-3653 or email [email protected] for information on the class action.

What is this about: On September 16, 2026, CNBC published an article entitled "J.B. Hunt stock plunges 10% after company warns third-quarter earnings will fall." The article further stated that J.B. Hunt's Chief Financial Officer had "said between costs for recruiting, advertising, onboarding, training and sign-on bonuses, the company expects to see about $25 million more in the third quarter compared with the second quarter."

On this news, J.B. Hunt's shares fell sharply in intraday trading on September 16, 2026.

Why Rosen Law: We encourage investors to select qualified counsel with a track record of success in leadership roles. Often, firms issuing notices do not have comparable experience, resources, or any meaningful peer recognition. Many of these firms do not actually litigate securities class actions.  Be wise in selecting counsel. The Rosen Law Firm represents investors throughout the globe, concentrating its practice in securities class actions and shareholder derivative litigation. Rosen Law Firm has achieved the largest ever securities class action settlement against a Chinese Company. Rosen Law Firm was Ranked No. 1 by ISS Securities Class Action Services for number of securities class action settlements in 2017. The firm has been ranked in the top 4 each year since 2013 and has recovered billions of dollars for investors. In 2019 alone the firm secured over $438 million for investors. In 2020, founding partner Laurence Rosen was named by law360 as a Titan of Plaintiffs' Bar. Many of the firm's attorneys have been recognized by Lawdragon and Super Lawyers.

Follow us for updates on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/the-rosen-law-firm, on Twitter: https://twitter.com/rosen_firm or on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/rosenlawfirm/.

Attorney Advertising. Prior results do not guarantee a similar outcome.

Contact Information:

     Laurence Rosen, Esq.
     Phillip Kim, Esq.
     The Rosen Law Firm, P.A.
     275 Madison Avenue, 40th Floor
     New York, NY 10016
     Tel: (212) 686-1060
     Toll Free: (866) 767-3653
     Fax: (212) 202-3827
     [email protected]
     www.rosenlegal.com

SOURCE THE ROSEN LAW FIRM, P. A.
2026-10-29 23:46 2d ago
2026-10-29 19:16 2d ago
Pacific Biosciences of California (PACB) Rises As Market Takes a Dip: Key Facts
PACB Pacific Biosciences of California
FMP Stock News
Original source text
Pacific Biosciences of California (PACB - Free Report) ended the recent trading session at $2.90, demonstrating a +2.47% change from the preceding day's closing price. The stock's performance was ahead of the S&P 500's daily loss of 0.31%. On the other hand, the Dow registered a loss of 0.25%, and the technology-centric Nasdaq decreased by 1.38%.

The maker of genetic analysis technology's shares have seen an increase of 19.41% over the last month, surpassing the Medical sector's gain of 2.58% and the S&P 500's gain of 0.87%.

Investors will be eagerly watching for the performance of Pacific Biosciences of California in its upcoming earnings disclosure. The company's earnings report is set to be unveiled on November 4, 2026. The company is forecasted to report an EPS of -$0.13, showcasing a 8.33% downward movement from the corresponding quarter of the prior year. At the same time, our most recent consensus estimate is projecting a revenue of $37.86 million, reflecting a 1.52% fall from the equivalent quarter last year.

For the full year, the Zacks Consensus Estimates are projecting earnings of -$0.43 per share and revenue of $156.1 million, which would represent changes of +18.87% and -2.44%, respectively, from the prior year.

It is also important to note the recent changes to analyst estimates for Pacific Biosciences of California. These revisions help to show the ever-changing nature of near-term business trends. As a result, upbeat changes in estimates indicate analysts' favorable outlook on the business health and profitability.

Based on our research, we believe these estimate revisions are directly related to near-term stock moves. To benefit from this, we have developed the Zacks Rank, a proprietary model which takes these estimate changes into account and provides an actionable rating system.

The Zacks Rank system, which varies between #1 (Strong Buy) and #5 (Strong Sell), carries an impressive track record of exceeding expectations, confirmed by external audits, with stocks at #1 delivering an average annual return of +25% since 1988. Over the past month, the Zacks Consensus EPS estimate remained stagnant. Currently, Pacific Biosciences of California is carrying a Zacks Rank of #3 (Hold).

The Medical - Instruments industry is part of the Medical sector. With its current Zacks Industry Rank of 148, this industry ranks in the bottom 40% of all industries, numbering over 250.

The Zacks Industry Rank gauges the strength of our individual industry groups by measuring the average Zacks Rank of the individual stocks within the groups. Our research shows that the top 50% rated industries outperform the bottom half by a factor of 2 to 1.

Make sure to utilize Zacks.com to follow all of these stock-moving metrics, and more, in the coming trading sessions.
2026-10-29 23:46 2d ago
2026-10-29 17:23 2d ago
SkyWest Q3 2026 Earnings Call Transcript
SKYW SkyWest
FMP Stock News
Original source text
SkyWest (NASDAQ:SKYW) reported third-quarter financial results on Thursday. The transcript from the company’s third-quarter earnings call has been provided below.

This transcript is brought to you by Benzinga APIs. For real-time access to our entire catalog, please visit https://www.benzinga.com/apis/ for a consultation.

Access the full call at https://events.q4inc.com/attendee/862394355

SummarySkyWest Inc. reported a net income of $120 million for Q3 2026, with an EPS of $3.08, despite higher fuel costs impacting the prorate business.

The company reduced its debt by $1 billion since the end of 2022 and invested in its fleet, including taking delivery of four new E175 aircrafts, planning to have over 300 E175s by the end of 2028.

SkyWest expects 2026 block hour production to increase by 5% from 2025 and anticipates similar EPS in 2027 as in 2026, despite a $0.60 EPS headwind from reduced deferred revenue recognition.

The company ended Q3 2026 with $569 million in cash after significant investments and expects total CapEx to be $725 million in 2026 and $825 million in 2027.

Management highlighted the strategic flexibility of its fleet and the importance of maintaining relationships with partners and shareholders, aiming for an all dual-class fleet with ongoing aircraft conversions.

Full TranscriptOPERATOR

We will host a question and answer session. If you would like to ask a question, please press star one to raise your hand. To withdraw your question, press star one again. I will now hand the conference over to Rob Simmons, Chief Financial Officer. Please go ahead.

Rob Simmons (Chief Financial Officer)

Thanks everyone for joining us on the call today. As the operator indicated, this is Rob Simmons, SkyWest Chief Financial Officer. On the call with me today are Chip Childs, President and Chief Executive Officer, Wade Steele, SkyWest Airlines President and Chief Operating Officer, and Eric Woodward, Chief Accounting Officer. I’d like to start today by asking Eric to read the Safe Harbor. Then I will turn the time over to Chip for some comments. Following Chip, I will take us through the financial results.

Then Wade will discuss the fleet and related flying arrangements. Following Wade, we will have the customary Q and A session with our sell side analysts.

Eric Woodward (Chief Accounting Officer)

Today’s discussion contains forward-looking statements that represent our current beliefs, expectations, and assumptions regarding future events and are subject to risks and uncertainties. We assume no obligation to update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise. Actual results will likely vary and may vary materially from those anticipated, estimated, or projected for a number of reasons.

Some of the factors that may cause such differences are included in our most recent Form 10-K and other reports and filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. And now I’ll turn the call over to Chip.

Chip Childs (President and Chief Executive Officer)

Thank you, Rob and Eric. Good afternoon everyone and thank you again for joining us on the call today. Today SkyWest reported net income of $120 million, or $3.08 per diluted share, for the third quarter of 2026. The third quarter’s results include increased block hours and were affected by higher fuel costs impacting our prorate business. During the quarter our people delivered 99.9% adjusted completion on over 230,000 flights. We were consistently a top three on-time carrier in the DOT’s Consumer Reports and this is only possible with the teamwork of our more than 16,000 professionals.

I again want to thank them for their great work. Through the quarter we were consistently disciplined as we execute on our long-term business plans. In recent years we have strategically positioned our company to withstand unexpected headwinds like the fuel volatility we are experiencing. Specifically, we have, one, delevered our balance sheet; we’ve continued to reduce our debt and we now have $1 billion less debt than we did at the end of 2022. Overall, our debt ratios and leverage metrics are among the best in the industry.

Second, we’ve invested in the fleet and continue to do so. During the third quarter we took delivery of four new E175 aircraft for United. From Q4 through the end of 2028, we will take delivery of at least 30 new E175s, putting us over 300 in our fleet. Our model allows us to continue investing strategically in both the new E175 fleet and conversions of our CRJ fleet, including the new CRJ450 which will be placed into service later this year. With these transitions we look forward to ultimately operating an all dual-class fleet.

And third, we return capital to our shareholders through our stock repurchase program. The resilience of our model is based on improving the cash flow quality of our earnings and strategically deploying our capital not just against production metrics but against value creation. We believe we are in an important window to continue to invest in our fleet, including the new E175s and in our order book under contract as well as the 33 delivery slots beginning in 2027. For future opportunities, we’re also positioned to continue to invest in CRJ550 and 450 conversions, CRJ heavy maintenance, and pilot training.

We believe the investments we’re making today will deliver economic benefits in 2028. Our approach to capital deployment, as always, will reflect our view of the best long-game strategy for our shareholders, our employees, and our partners. As the industry evaluates capacity in 2027 and beyond, we’re in the best position to respond to market demands and our partners’ needs in a dynamic environment. Overall, our disciplined strategic choices and continued execution have strengthened our model. We remain engaged with our partners on navigating the headwinds of our industry better than anyone else. Rob will now take us through the financial data.

Rob Simmons (Chief Financial Officer)

Today we reported a third quarter GAAP net income of $120 million, or $3.08 earnings per share. Q3 pre-tax income was $159 million, up 15% sequentially from Q2. Our weighted average share count for Q3 was 38.8 million and our effective tax rate was 25%. Total Q3 revenue of $1.1 billion is up 6% from $1 billion in Q3 2025 on block hour demand from our partners and is up 1% sequentially from Q2 2026. Q3 revenue includes contract revenue of $866 million, prorate and charter revenue of $218 million, and leasing and other revenue was $33 million. These Q3 GAAP results include the effect of recognizing $23 million of previously deferred revenue this quarter, up from the $17 million recognized in Q3 2025 and down from $27 million recognized in Q2 2026.

As of the end of Q3, we have $190 million of cumulative deferred revenue that will be recognized in future periods. Our prorate fuel expense in Q3 was $66 million, up from $34 million in Q3 2025 and $61 million in Q2 2026. The year-over-year increase of $32 million was due to both a higher price per gallon, a $22 million negative impact, and incremental prorate production, a $10 million impact. The fuel price per gallon on our prorate flying was $4.56 in Q3, up from $3.04 in Q3 2025 and $4.45 in Q2 2026. In Q3, we revised the estimated useful life on our E175 fleet to 30 years based on demand for this aircraft and current industry practices.

With this change, our Q3 depreciation expense was down $16 million both from Q3 2025 and from Q2 2026. Notwithstanding the puts and takes on our revenue and operating expenses this quarter, our Q3 pre-tax income was up $21 million sequentially from Q2 2026. Now let’s discuss the balance sheet. We ended the quarter with cash of $569 million, down from $601 million last quarter. The ending cash balance for the quarter included the effects from repaying $119 million in debt, issuing $187 million of new debt, financing ongoing fleet deliveries, investing $163 million in CapEx, including the purchase of four E175s, and buying back shares of SkyWest stock in Q3 consistent with prior periods. As of September 30th, we had $238 million remaining under our current share repurchase authorization.

Cash flow continues to be the key driver of our value creation strategy. We generated over $700 million of EBITDA during the first three quarters of 2026, despite the headwind from prorate fuel cost. Since the end of 2025, we’ve invested over $400 million in CapEx for fleet and related assets, consistent with our practice. Let me first update you on some color on 2026. For the full year 2026, we expect to see block hour production up approximately 5% from 2025. Consistent with last quarter’s outlook, we anticipate our GAAP EPS for 2026 will be in the $10.60 area including the effect of ongoing fuel price volatility and crew training costs, up from our 2025 GAAP EPS of $10.35. Last quarter we shared that our 2026 EPS estimates in the area of $11 assumed average jet fuel of $3.65 a gallon for the second half of 2026 on 28 million gallons of jet fuel needed in the second half.

For our prorate business, our Q3 actuals included fuel cost of $4.56 a gallon on 14.5 million gallons, a negative headwind of approximately $13 million, or $0.26 of EPS, on our third quarter results. Our updated 2026 area of $10.60 EPS color assumes fuel cost of $4.90 a gallon on 14 million gallons in Q4. For other modeling purposes, we anticipate our depreciation expense in Q4 to be $80 million, up from $76 million in Q3. We also anticipate our effective tax rate for Q4 will be approximately 27%, translating to approximately 22% for the full year 2026, and we anticipate our total CapEx in 2026 will be approximately $725 million.

For 2027, we expect block hour production to be up modestly in the 1% to 2% area from 2026 with EPS similar to 2026. Let me provide some additional color on our outlook for 2027. We anticipate recognizing approximately $70 million of previously deferred revenue in 2027, down from roughly $100 million anticipated for 2026. For comparability purposes, this estimated $30 million reduction represents a headwind of approximately $0.60 EPS in 2027 compared to 2026.

I’d like to underscore this is a non-cash variance and deferred revenue estimates are subject to change based on various factors such as contract amendments and aircraft utilization. Recognizing less previously deferred revenue year over year is likely to be a modest non-cash revenue and non-cash EPS headwind over the next several years. Although our 2027 GAAP EPS outlook may be similar to 2026, the estimated non-cash GAAP headwinds of deferred revenue and higher depreciation in 2027 imply that they are being offset by other cash earnings such as the new E175s and other fleet initiatives, improving the cash flow quality of our 2027 earnings.

We are assuming an average price per gallon of $4.30 on 60 million gallons in 2027 for our prorate business, essentially a flat price per gallon on average in 2027 over 2026. A hypothetical dollar of average fuel price reduction in 2027 from the $4.30 per gallon we are using in our 2027 color translates to $1.20 of incremental EPS. Our depreciation expense for 2027 is anticipated to be $350 million, up from roughly $338 million expected for 2026, reflecting the 18 new E175 deliveries in 2027 and the timing of other CapEx. We are estimating our effective tax rate for 2027 to range from 25% to 27%, up from 22% anticipated for 2026. With respect to CapEx, we estimate our total 2027 CapEx to be in the area of $825 million, up from approximately $725 million in 2026.

Our anticipated 2027 CapEx includes approximately $525 million for 18 new E175 aircraft which we anticipate financing through debt, approximately $200 million for recurring maintenance-related items, and the remaining $100 million for CRJ fleet initiatives such as reconfigurations and spare engine opportunities. The year-over-year increase in CapEx is driven primarily by the delivery of 13 E175s in 2026 compared to 18 E175s expected in 2027.

Wade Steele (SkyWest Airlines President and Chief Operating Officer)

Wade, thank you, Rob. During the quarter, we took delivery of four new E175 aircraft for United. We currently have 63 future E175s on firm order with Embraer, including 16 for Delta, 11 for American, and two for United. We expect delivery of seven more new E175s during the fourth quarter and 18 aircraft during 2027. As an update on the firm order of 63 aircraft, 30 are allocated to major partners and 33 aircraft are not yet assigned. This order locks in delivery slots starting in 2027 through 2032.

However, the order is structured with good flexibility to defer or terminate the aircraft in the event we don’t arrange for a partner to take them. Our long-term fleet plan has positioned us well, and refleeting continues to be an important part of that strategy. With last quarter’s announced agreement with American, our E175 fleet total is scheduled to reach 300 by the end of 2027, continuing to enhance SkyWest’s position as the largest E175 operator in the world. We are also looking forward to deploying the CRJ450 later this year for United. We anticipate operating the first aircraft before year-end.

We expect to have 40 CRJ450s under contract with United, and we plan to retrofit our pro-rate CRJ200s. We are optimistic the opportunity for the CRJ450 may reach a total of 100 aircraft. As previously announced, we have a multi-year agreement to fly 50 CRJ550s with United. As of September 30, 42 CRJ550s were in service, and we expect the remaining eight to enter service by the middle of 2027. Let me review our production. Our block hours increased 1% from Q2 to Q3 2026. We also expect a slight decrease in our Q4 block hours as compared to Q3 due to normal seasonality. For 2027, we anticipate that our block hours will be up 1% to 2% compared to 2026. Next year we expect to take delivery of 18 new E175s, place eight CRJ550s into service, and capitalize on pro-rate demand. These gains are partially offset by the gradual return of the remainder of the Delta-owned CRJ900s.

We expect all Delta-owned CRJ900s to be returned by the middle of 2027. We will also have several CRJ200s out of service during 2027 as they convert to CRJ450s. Once we get through the return of Delta CRJ900s by mid-2027, the production characteristics and cash earnings from executing on our E175 delivery book and pro-rate will start reading through better in our results. The full impact of our 18 new E175s coming next year won’t show up in our results until 2028 as we convert aircraft and replace some aircraft with new deliveries. We have extensive optionality for value creation, including pro-rate flying, leasing aircraft or engines, or utilizing aircraft for parts as we navigate supply chain constraints.

As we’ve discussed, we continue to face challenges in our third-party MRO network, including labor and parts shortages. We expect maintenance expense in 2027 to slightly increase from 2026 due to the modest increase in block hours. Demand for our pro-rate business remains strong, supported by great community engagement. During the first nine months of 2026, we added 16 aircraft on pro-rate agreements to support the growing demand. We still see opportunities to restore SkyWest service to several small communities and will continue working with airports to expand our reach. As discussed last quarter, growth in our pro-rate business contributes to a more seasonal model.

We remain confident in our ongoing efforts to reduce risk and enhance fleet flexibility, and we are committed to collaborating with our major partners to deliver innovative solutions that meet the continued demand for our products.

Rob Simmons (Chief Financial Officer)

Okay, operator, we’re ready for the Q&A now.

OPERATOR

We will now begin the Q&A session. Please limit yourself to one question and one follow-up. If you would like to ask a question, please press star one to raise your hand. To withdraw your question, press star one again. We ask that you pick up your handset when asking a question to allow for optimum sound quality. If you are muted locally, please remember to unmute your device. Please stand by while we compile the Q&A roster. Your first question comes from the line of Thomas Fitzgerald with TD Cowen.

Your line is now open. Please go ahead.

Thomas Fitzgerald (Analyst at TD Cowen)

Hey everyone. Thanks very much for the time. Maybe just to unpack the block hour growth in 2027, are those E175s back-weighted? Just given the magnitude of those and then the kind of drop-off in growth versus this year, any color on that would be really helpful.

Wade Steele (SkyWest Airlines President and Chief Operating Officer)

Hey Tom. Yeah, this is Wade. So yeah, the 175s, we have deliveries throughout the year, but the majority of the Delta ones are towards the end of the year for sure. And so yeah, we won’t see all of the benefit of that block hours until really until 2028 as we get into this. So yeah, there’s still good opportunities out there for us, but a lot of this is going to support 2028, what we’ve got going on.

Thomas Fitzgerald (Analyst at TD Cowen)

And then just as a quick follow-up, is most of the improvement in cash earnings next year, is that pretty much just the mix from the new E175s? Is there any from the CRJ450 conversions and anything else? I just want to make sure, kind of following all the moving pieces on next year. Thanks again for the time.

Rob Simmons (Chief Financial Officer)

Yeah, thanks, Tom. Yeah, you know, as we talked about the cash, you know, we’ll be receiving nice cash earnings next year that’ll be offsetting some of the non-cash headwinds that we’ve got with deferred revenue and depreciation. So, you know, the fact that, you know, our color is for flat EPS year over year sort of doesn’t include the improvement in the cash flow quality of earnings, you know, given how we’re making up for the non-cash headwinds.

OPERATOR

Your next question comes from the line of Dwayne Fenigorth with Evercore ISI. Your line is now open. Please go ahead.

Dwayne Fenigorth (Analyst at Evercore ISI)

Hey, thank you, and appreciate the early thoughts on 2027. I wonder if you can give some perspective on the magnitude of the headwind from pro-rate year over year, you know, maybe versus the second quarter. Fuel obviously is a bit higher, but do you feel like you’re catching up, you know, on the revenue side of the house? Is that headwind actually diminishing as you look forward?

Wade Steele (SkyWest Airlines President and Chief Operating Officer)

Hey, Dwayne, this is Wade. Yeah, so as we talk about our script, we’ve had a very nice year in growth in pro-rate. We’ve added 16 airplanes to the fleet for pro-rate. We are seeing, just like our major partners, we’re seeing very nice yield increases. We’re seeing still very good demand from, you know, the ticket sales and all of that. So we are seeing that we will not offset 100% of the fuel increase, but we are making consistent progress that our major partners are.

Dwayne Fenigorth (Analyst at Evercore ISI)

You probably won’t bite on this, but, you know, your margins are so consistent historically and if I just look at year-over-year pre-tax margins, they’re getting closer year on year here in the third quarter. Now some of that might be the depreciation change, but it feels like it’s a pretty obvious margin tailwind in 2027. And it feels like you’ve kind of given a, you know, who knows, but it feels like you’ve given a pretty conservative fuel outlook for next year.

Rob Simmons (Chief Financial Officer)

Well, I would just say this, and this is Rob, that, you know, as we mentioned, you know, with similar year-over-year EPS results, that also assumes, you know, similar fuel cost and that, you know, a dollar difference on that fuel cost next year translates to a buck twenty of EPS potentially at some point. You know, we’re not sure when we get to harvest that, but presumably that’s out there at some point. So that’ll have an impact on that as well.

Dwayne Fenigorth (Analyst at Evercore ISI)

Thanks, Rob. I guess just to stay on that point, maybe the EBIT headwind or the pre-tax headwind from pro-rate in 2026, are you assuming that’s flat? That does not change in 2027. So are you assuming any, you know, revenue or unit revenue progress on pro-rate or basically flat unit revenues but, you know, flat fuel and a similar contribution?

Chip Childs (President and Chief Executive Officer)

Dwayne, this is Chip. I think where you’re going and the direction that you’re asking the question is pretty spot on. I think we’re going to stay, at this point, consistent with what our partners have said. Consistent with that strategy, we’re going to be, I think, conservative in our approach during 2027 relative to what we think yields are going to do as well as what fuel costs are going to do. I think that that’s a prudent thing to do from a disclosure perspective and a predictive perspective, but most importantly also, you know, a strategic perspective as well.

So I think, you know, we probably came in Q1 and Q2—I think the world thought that some of these energy costs might be, you know, temporary and go away. We saw a little bit of that during the year. But I think from our perspective now, it’s important for us to not make any predictions about what oil is going to do, but make sure we give you a clear model. And what you’re saying about consistency with 2026 is pretty spot on.

Dwayne Fenigorth (Analyst at Evercore ISI)

Okay, very clear. Thank you.

OPERATOR

Your next question comes from the line of Mike Lindenberg with Deutsche Bank. Your line is now open. Please go ahead.

Mike Lindenberg (Analyst at Deutsche Bank)

Oh, yes. So given just the fuel price, presumably the pro-rate business is not nearly as profitable. Maybe even some of those routes are loss-making. I know you talked about adding 16 aircraft to pro-rate this year and so driving good growth. But is that, you know, for next year, are we seeing—is the plan to add more airplanes to pro-rate? So if you could just answer that and kind of give me a sense of maybe not providing margins, but how much more profitable your fixed-fee business is relative to your pro-rate, given the fuel price.

Wade Steele (SkyWest Airlines President and Chief Operating Officer)

Yeah. So as we said in the script, we added 16 airplanes. Next year, we’re looking at markets, we’re working with communities. The demand continues to be there and strong from our communities. We’re going to be extremely patient and disciplined in what we add into our models going forward. We need to make sure these markets are accretive and add value to the company. So we’ll be very patient with that. If we need to wait a while, we’ll wait. We’re fine waiting.

That’s why we talk about this fleet flexibility. This is exactly what it is. You know, we can just wait and be patient for that. And so, you know, we’re only going to add stuff that’s accretive to the company.

Chip Childs (President and Chief Executive Officer)

Mike, this is Chip. I’d also add to Wade’s comments that, look, the model’s still doing well. We’re not at all—to clarify—we’re not concerned about the pro-rate model. I think from our perspective, I think that certainly when you anticipate that we’re in a situation where energy costs are going to be extended instead of temporary, it’s the times when I think this is where we really take care of our partners, our people, and shareholders, and approach it from a patient view.

Although the demand is still very, very strong. I mean, one thing that we’re seeing in small communities—that demand is not going away. How we execute on that demand looks a little different than it did six months ago or eight months ago. And we’re still in a fantastic position with our fleet, and we’re going to be disciplined and patient as we execute.

Mike Lindenberg (Analyst at Deutsche Bank)

Okay, and then just—Rob, you highlighted the trigger to change depreciation. Can you tell us what was it before and what did you go to?

Rob Simmons (Chief Financial Officer)

Yeah, so for the E175 fleet, Mike, we were at 22 years and we extended that to 30 years, consistent with other practices in the industry. It also, I mean, had to do with some successful contract extensions that we recently got done. As you probably remember, the fact that there’s no alternative to the 175, you know, regional aircraft at this point, our experience with the CRJ fleet and how long we’ve been able to operate those and expect to continue to do that, and just the fact that demand for this airplane remains very

Mike Lindenberg (Analyst at Deutsche Bank)

So I know the 22 years, was that down to a certain residual value? What was that? And the 30—what residual are you going to, 15% or 0%? I’m just, I’m trying to see how much the rate of depreciation has actually come down.

Eric Woodward (Chief Accounting Officer)

Yeah, so the residual assumed came down as well.

Mike Lindenberg (Analyst at Deutsche Bank)

Okay, okay. All right. All right. I guess just one quick last one. Since I have you on the smaller aircraft, you know, or the aircraft with less seats, you know, typically in a high fuel price environment, you know, airlines typically want to fly less of that. I guess since a lot of your smaller aircraft are on prorate and so I guess you’re bearing the cost, you’re probably not getting pushback from your partners. I mean, is that the way to think about it?

Chip Childs (President and Chief Executive Officer)

No, Mike, this is Chip. I think that that is not an assumption that you should make that the partners are pushing back. I think particularly one is extremely excited about the smaller aircraft. And if you see the LOPA and some of the things we’re doing to the 450, it’s going to be a great product. As you can imagine, in the economy that we’re living in now, relative to what our other partners have said relative to premium, you know, premium revenue, you know, putting first class seats on a CRJ200 in a very good LOPA with an outstanding interior is a very valuable aircraft. And, and you know, from a fuel perspective, it’s also a lot lighter than it is with 50, with 50 passengers in it. So to a certain extent, the way that these assets are extremely valuable and debt free and we have some flexibility, maintenance is obviously a little bit higher than on the ERJ product.

But the economics of this, particularly the smallest aircraft, seem to be able to work out well even with these fuel costs. So from that perspective, again, this is why we outlined that we’re going to an all dual-class because we’re matching what you’re hearing throughout the economy right now.

Mike Lindenberg (Analyst at Deutsche Bank)

Is it these airplanes, these investments, these are like 10 or 15 year investments, right? I mean I realize the CRJ200s are fairly old, but it seems like if you maintain them well enough, this is something that you could be flying for 10 to 15 years. Is that, maybe that’s the best way to think about it. It’s rather than focusing on where the fuel price is today, but that this is a long term investment.

Chip Childs (President and Chief Executive Officer)

Yeah, I think you’ve summarized it very well, Mike. I think that this is a long term investment in a high energy cost environment that causes some patience. But again, you know, SkyWest has had an exceptional record. Our people have done a phenomenal job maintaining these airplanes from the get-go and how they’ve done that enabled us to do some things today that maybe a lot of other situational carriers are not able to do. Our people are great, they’ve got a great strategy with this.

The partners are outstanding in working through this and I think we’re very excited about the long term product we’re going to have with these airplanes.

Mike Lindenberg (Analyst at Deutsche Bank)

Okay, great. All right, thanks for taking my questions.

OPERATOR

Your next question comes from the line of Savi Syth with Raymond James. Your line is now open. Please go ahead.

Savi Syth (Analyst at Raymond James)

Hey, good afternoon. Just maybe a quick follow up on Mike’s question. Just with the kind of revaluation of the useful life for the 175. Did the valuation on that change at all in the sense that is the kind of unpledged assets around a billion and a half still or where is that today?

Rob Simmons (Chief Financial Officer)

Yeah, Savi, Rob here. So your question on unpledged assets continues to be very strong. You know, it’s over, you know, a billion and a half dollars as we’ve said other places and, you know, we would anticipate that we continue to have strong, you know, capital availability if we need it, related to, you know, related to these unpledged assets that we have and continue to grow.

Savi Syth (Analyst at Raymond James)

That’s helpful. And then just on the—I think Wade mentioned on the kind of the CRJ200 transition next year, you know, many will be out. Just curious what the experience so far has been, how long it’s taken to do those, you know, 450 conversions, if it’s kind of any different than the 550s. And curious just generally how many fewer aircraft you have flying because of the transition next year that maybe kind of goes away kind of after next year or maybe in a couple of years once you’ve done that full transition.

Wade Steele (SkyWest Airlines President and Chief Operating Officer)

Hey, Savi, this is Wade. That’s a great question. So, on the CRJ450, we are still in the process of converting the first two airplanes. We have them down right now. We’re working with our OEM partners on the service bulletins to get those done. So obviously, the first airplanes just take longer, naturally, just because you’re working through the first-time issues. Right, we’ll work through those. We’ve seen those before as we’ve done the 550. So we anticipate that the CRJ450 and the 550 conversions will be very, very similar.

It takes two to three weeks to do these conversions. We’re also putting Wi-Fi on all of these airplanes. We’re very excited about that. And so we’ll have a very nice product at the end of it. We do anticipate pulling down, you know, three or four lines, you know, to do these conversions. Right. And so there will be three or four lines down of less flying that we could have been doing if we didn’t have these going. And so it will, you know, it’s an investment year that we’re going to be doing in the fleet. 2027 we’ll be converting a lot of airplanes. And so, you know, it’ll take some time, but, you know, it’s a great investment, as we’ve talked about, in the future for this fleet.

Savi Syth (Analyst at Raymond James)

Agreed. And if I might just squeeze one— I noticed that one of the Delta aircraft should shift from 27 to 28. Was that just an Embraer delivery timing, or was there something more to that?

Wade Steele (SkyWest Airlines President and Chief Operating Officer)

The Delta delivery? It’s just timing. It’s just timing. And just cleaning up some of the delivery schedules with Embraer. So there was nothing significant there at all.

Savi Syth (Analyst at Raymond James)

Perfect. All right. Thank you.

OPERATOR

Your next question comes from the line of John Godden with Citi. Your line is now open. Please go ahead.

Max (Analyst at Citi)

Hey guys, thanks for taking my question. This is Max on for John. You know, we saw, you know, a decline in load factor this quarter year over year. Does this reflect any softening in the strong demand previously cited for the prorate business? Or did you observe lower load factors unlike the mainline partner routes? Or is this in line with some of the similar trends we’ve seen, you know, this EPS season, you know, trading loads for higher yields, you know, across the network?

Chip Childs (President and Chief Executive Officer)

No, John, this is Chip. You know, I don’t—I’m honestly not reading too much into that. Obviously from the perspective of how we price and some of our partners may price relative to fuel, it may be pushing some of those loads, you know, down and around just slightly in a little bit. I would more be concerned, you know, about total revenue and that type of stuff. I think when you have high fuel costs, revenue strategies are different for our partners relative—that may have an impact on our load factor.

But we’re not, you know—I mean we’re seeing, I will tell you, extremely full flights, still a lot of activity, lots of volume. All of the things that we’ve seen from an operational perspective, we’re not seeing anything backing off from any of that type of stuff. So certainly I would point to some of the things that the partners are pricing and how they’re managing our lift on their side. And from our perspective it’s still extraordinarily high load factors and very, very busy.

Max (Analyst at Citi)

Great, thank you, good color. And then just kind of switching gears a little bit. You know, you mentioned earlier, you know, you’re well positioned to invest in, you know, various avenues given your liquidity position, including, you know, for the aircraft conversions, heavy maintenance, you know, share repurchases and etc. I just wanted to double click on this and dialogue on your high level capital deployment strategy over the next few years and any areas of focus we can expect.

Rob Simmons (Chief Financial Officer)

Yeah, so it’s a great question. You know, from a capital deployment strategy, I think we’ve been fairly consistent in that and we’ll continue to do much of the same. I mean our favorite investment is always investing in our fleet and the flexibility of our fleet. And we’ve got a heavy delivery year coming up in 2027 taking 18 new E175. So, you know, obviously from a capital standpoint, the chance for us to continue to invest in these accretive and capabilities, cash flow generative E175—it’s our favorite thing to do.

But, you know, there’s other investments that we’ll be making in capex next year where I think you’ll start to see capex probably come down starting in 2028 a little bit. And, you know, we’ll continue to deploy capital much the same way we have, including, you know, all the fleet opportunities that are in front of us right now.

Max (Analyst at Citi)

Great, thank you.

OPERATOR

Your next question comes from the line of Katie O’Brien with Goldman Sachs. Your line is now open. Please go ahead.

Katie O’Brien (Analyst at Goldman Sachs)

Hey, good afternoon guys. Maybe just coming back to the potential on CRJ550 and 450 conversions, how many of your CRJ200 and CRJ700 are currently off contract or will come off contract in the next 12 months? And then on the demand part of this equation, do current conversations with your partners point to the possibility of all that potential capacity maybe winding up in CPA or prorate flying in those new configs? I know you’ve given that number on maybe up to 100 CRJ450s, but just would love to get the holistic picture across both supply and demand.

Wade Steele (SkyWest Airlines President and Chief Operating Officer)

That’s a great question. So we’ll start with the CRJ200 and CRJ450s. As I said in my script, we have an agreement with United to fly 40 CRJ450s for a multi-year contract. So those are all under contract. Now we’re bringing those into service right now. We’ll bring those into service during 27 and 28. And so this will build in those years. We are operating about 50 to 60 CRJ200s in prorate and that number will be fairly consistent. So as we said in our script, we’ll have about 100 of these CRJ450s under a long term agreement with United.

We still have about 20 to 25 parked beyond the 100 that are potentially out there that we can bring back as well. As far as the CRJ700s, once we take delivery of some of the 175s and some of the other fleet transitions that we’re doing, we’ll have 20 of them that are not under contract. And so we have not put those block hours in our model at the moment. We do not have those allocated. We have very good opportunities to place those 700s in the future, whether it be in our leasing business or our prorate business or CPA. We’ll work with our major partners on that.

We’ll be very patient as we work through this in the next couple of years, you know, as these airplanes kind of come out, as we take new deliveries. And so just like we’ve always done, we’ll be patient, we’ll be disciplined with those airplanes and we’ll find a very good home for those.

Katie O’Brien (Analyst at Goldman Sachs)

Okay, great. And then, Rob, I hope you’ll look at me just for one more question on the depreciation change. But was the $16 million year over year change you referenced, was that savings from the accounting change? Are there some other moving pieces there? And then what’s the outlook for the impact of 4Q? And, you know, was this change contemplated in your update to guidance last quarter—you know, or not guidance, but color—that 2026 EPS would be in the $11 range?

Just trying to get a sense of some of the moving pieces.

Rob Simmons (Chief Financial Officer)

Yeah. Katie, the $16 million is the savings in Q3, as we said. You know, we do expect depreciation to be up in both Q4 and up in 2027, you know, for modeling purposes. But there was a $16 million savings during the quarter.

Katie O’Brien (Analyst at Goldman Sachs)

And that carries forward, right. Like will that run rate or it’s a one time or forgive me for the question.

Wade Steele (SkyWest Airlines President and Chief Operating Officer)

Yeah, that’s a great question. This is Wade. So on the 33 that are unallocated at this point, those are in the very, very back half of 2028. And so, in order to firm those up, it’s a little more than a year that we need to work with Embraer on that. And so, as you know, we constantly work with our major partners on very good opportunities for those. And so we have those. The 30 that are coming, you know, as we said in my script, we have—I have seven that are coming at the end of, in the fourth quarter of this year.

We have 18 next year. And so those are all coming, but the unallocated ones are, you know, out there at the end of 2028 at this point. They start at the end of 2028 and go 2029 and 2030.

OPERATOR

There are no further questions at this time. I will now turn the call back to Chip Childs for closing remarks.

Chip Childs (President and Chief Executive Officer)

Thank you, Al. Again, we want to thank everybody for their interest in SkyWest and dialing in and listening to our third quarter results. We appreciate the things that we’re trying to do. Again, I can’t, you know, go on without thanking the 16, over 16,000 professionals that do a phenomenal job, the best in the industry every single day. You know, we’re grateful for the shareholders, we’re grateful for the relationship we have with our partners as well, and we look forward to giving an update on our Q4 in three months from now.

Thanks again.

OPERATOR

This concludes today’s call. You may now disconnect.

Disclaimer: This transcript is provided for informational purposes only. While we strive for accuracy, there may be errors or omissions in this automated transcription. For official company statements and financial information, please refer to the company’s SEC filings and official press releases. Corporate participants’ and analysts’ statements reflect their views as of the date of this call and are subject to change without notice.

© 2026 Benzinga.com. Benzinga does not provide investment advice. All rights reserved.
2026-10-29 23:45 2d ago
2026-10-29 19:16 2d ago
Doximity (DOCS) Registers a Bigger Fall Than the Market: Important Facts to Note
DOCS Doximity
FMP Stock News
Original source text
Doximity (DOCS - Free Report) ended the recent trading session at $33.63, demonstrating a -1.81% change from the preceding day's closing price. The stock's performance was behind the S&P 500's daily loss of 0.31%. Elsewhere, the Dow lost 0.25%, while the tech-heavy Nasdaq lost 1.38%.

Shares of the medical social networking site witnessed a gain of 20.85% over the previous month, beating the performance of the Medical sector with its gain of 2.58%, and the S&P 500's gain of 0.87%.

Investors will be eagerly watching for the performance of Doximity in its upcoming earnings disclosure. The company's earnings report is set to be unveiled on November 5, 2026. The company is forecasted to report an EPS of $0.34, showcasing a 24.44% downward movement from the corresponding quarter of the prior year. Alongside, our most recent consensus estimate is anticipating revenue of $170.66 million, indicating a 1.27% upward movement from the same quarter last year.

For the full year, the Zacks Consensus Estimates project earnings of $1.33 per share and a revenue of $675.74 million, demonstrating changes of -12.5% and +4.79%, respectively, from the preceding year.

Investors should also take note of any recent adjustments to analyst estimates for Doximity. These revisions help to show the ever-changing nature of near-term business trends. Therefore, positive revisions in estimates convey analysts' confidence in the business performance and profit potential.

Based on our research, we believe these estimate revisions are directly related to near-term stock moves. To utilize this, we have created the Zacks Rank, a proprietary model that integrates these estimate changes and provides a functional rating system.

The Zacks Rank system ranges from #1 (Strong Buy) to #5 (Strong Sell). It has a remarkable, outside-audited track record of success, with #1 stocks delivering an average annual return of +25% since 1988. Over the past month, the Zacks Consensus EPS estimate has remained steady. Doximity is holding a Zacks Rank of #3 (Hold) right now.

With respect to valuation, Doximity is currently being traded at a Forward P/E ratio of 25.67. Its industry sports an average Forward P/E of 34.47, so one might conclude that Doximity is trading at a discount comparatively.

Investors should also note that DOCS has a PEG ratio of 14.92 right now. This popular metric is similar to the widely-known P/E ratio, with the difference being that the PEG ratio also takes into account the company's expected earnings growth rate. As of the close of trade yesterday, the Medical Info Systems industry held an average PEG ratio of 3.18.

The Medical Info Systems industry is part of the Medical sector. With its current Zacks Industry Rank of 93, this industry ranks in the top 38% of all industries, numbering over 250.

The Zacks Industry Rank gauges the strength of our individual industry groups by measuring the average Zacks Rank of the individual stocks within the groups. Our research shows that the top 50% rated industries outperform the bottom half by a factor of 2 to 1.

Be sure to use Zacks.com to monitor all these stock-influencing metrics, and more, throughout the forthcoming trading sessions.
2026-10-29 23:45 2d ago
2026-10-29 19:30 2d ago
Kaplan Fox Announces the Lead Plaintiff Deadline of November 16, 2026 in the Securities Class Action Against Doximity, Inc. (DOCS)
DOCS Doximity
FMP Stock News
Original source text
New York, New York--(Newsfile Corp. - October 29, 2026) - Kaplan Fox & Kilsheimer LLP announces that a class action lawsuit has been filed against Doximity, Inc. ("Doximity" or the "Company") (NYSE: DOCS) on behalf of investors that purchased or otherwise acquired Doximity common stock between August 8, 2024 and May 13, 2026 (the "Class Period").

CLICK HERE TO JOIN THE CASE

If you are an investor in Doximity and have suffered losses, you may CLICK HERE to contact us. You may also contact Kaplan Fox by emailing [email protected] or by calling (646) 315-9003.

DEADLINE REMINDER: If you are a member of the proposed Class, you may move the court no later than November 16, 2026 for an opportunity to be lead plaintiff for the purported class. If you have losses we encourage you to contact us to learn more about the lead plaintiff process. You need not seek to become a lead plaintiff in order to share in any possible recovery.

The complaint alleges that throughout the Class Period, Doximity claimed that the Company's Newsfeed was its "biggest revenue driver." The truth - that Doximity overstated the impact that its Newsfeed would have on its revenue growth, and that the Company was losing market share to its competitors with more favorable pricing and engagement models - was allegedly revealed through a series of disclosures ending on May 13, 2026 when Doximity announced that it missed its already-reduced revenue guidance for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2026. Following this news, the price of Doximity stock declined by $5.38 per share, or 23%, on May 14, 2026.

CLICK HERE TO LEARN MORE

WHY CONTACT KAPLAN FOX?

Kaplan Fox & Kilsheimer LLP is a nationally recognized law firm focused on complex litigation, with offices in New York, Oakland, Los Angeles, Chicago, and New Jersey. Founded in 1956, the firm has spent more than 50 years prosecuting securities, antitrust, and consumer protection actions in federal and state courts nationwide, recovering more than $10 billion for clients and the classes it has represented.

Kaplan Fox is widely regarded as one of the nation's premier plaintiffs' securities litigation firms and has received recognition from Chambers and Partners, Benchmark Litigation, Super Lawyers, and Lawdragon. Serving as lead or co-lead counsel in many landmark cases, the firm has secured some of the largest recoveries in the history of securities litigation, including a $2.425 billion recovery on behalf of Bank of America shareholders in In re Bank of America—the largest recovery ever obtained for claims under Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act—$800 million recovered for the Arkansas Teacher Retirement System and other pension funds in ATRS v. Allianz Global Investors, and a $475 million settlement in In re Merrill Lynch.

For decades, Kaplan Fox has represented public pension funds, institutional investors, businesses, and individuals in high-stakes litigation. Through its successful advocacy and precedent-setting victories, the firm has helped shape important areas of securities and corporate law while advancing accountability and protecting investor interests.

This press release may be considered Attorney Advertising in some jurisdictions under the applicable law and ethical rules. Past results do not guarantee future outcomes.

If you have any questions about this Notice, your rights, or your interests, please contact:

Contacting or submitting information to Kaplan Fox & Kilsheimer LLP does not create an attorney-client relationship, nor an obligation on the part of Kaplan Fox to retain you as a client.

https://www.kaplanfox.com/case/doximity-nyse-docs-class-action-lawsuit-learn-more-now/

To view the source version of this press release, please visit https://www.newsfilecorp.com/release/320991

Source: Kaplan Fox & Kilsheimer LLP

Ready to Announce with Confidence?
Send us a message and a member of our TMX Newsfile team will contact you to discuss your needs.

Contact Us
2026-10-29 23:45 2d ago
2026-10-29 18:15 2d ago
Bright Horizons Family Q3 2026 Earnings Call Transcript
BFAM Bright Horizons Family Solutions
FMP Stock News
Original source text
Bright Horizons Family (NYSE:BFAM) reported third-quarter financial results on Thursday. The transcript from the company's third-quarter earnings call has been provided below.
2026-10-29 23:45 2d ago
2026-10-29 19:31 2d ago
Bright Horizons (BFAM) Q3 Earnings: Taking a Look at Key Metrics Versus Estimates
BFAM Bright Horizons Family Solutions
FMP Stock News
Original source text
Bright Horizons Family Solutions (BFAM - Free Report) reported $841.47 million in revenue for the quarter ended September 2026, representing a year-over-year increase of 4.8%. EPS of $1.80 for the same period compares to $1.57 a year ago.

The reported revenue compares to the Zacks Consensus Estimate of $842.02 million, representing a surprise of -0.07%. The company delivered an EPS surprise of +2.86%, with the consensus EPS estimate being $1.75.

While investors closely watch year-over-year changes in headline numbers -- revenue and earnings -- and how they compare to Wall Street expectations to determine their next course of action, some key metrics always provide a better insight into a company's underlying performance.

As these metrics influence top- and bottom-line performance, comparing them to the year-ago numbers and what analysts estimated helps investors project a stock's price performance more accurately.

Here is how Bright Horizons performed in the just reported quarter in terms of the metrics most widely monitored and projected by Wall Street analysts:

Number of Centers EOP (education and child care): 979 million versus the two-analyst average estimate of 984 million.Revenue- Full service center-based child care: $521.97 million versus the two-analyst average estimate of $518.93 million. The reported number represents a year-over-year change of +1.3%.Revenue- Educational advisory and other services: $33.13 million versus the two-analyst average estimate of $34.61 million. The reported number represents a year-over-year change of -2.4%.Revenue- Back-up care: $286.36 million compared to the $288.84 million average estimate based on two analysts. The reported number represents a change of +13% year over year.Adjusted income from operations- Full service center-based child care: $19.23 million versus the two-analyst average estimate of $18.22 million.Adjusted income from operations- Educational advisory and other services: $9.76 million versus the two-analyst average estimate of $8.61 million.Adjusted income from operations- Back-up care: $101.23 million versus the two-analyst average estimate of $103.62 million.View all Key Company Metrics for Bright Horizons here>>>

Shares of Bright Horizons have returned +8.7% over the past month versus the Zacks S&P 500 composite's +0.9% change. The stock currently has a Zacks Rank #2 (Buy), indicating that it could outperform the broader market in the near term.
2026-10-29 23:44 2d ago
2026-10-29 17:40 2d ago
Kaplan Fox Alerts AST SpaceMobile, Inc. (ASTS) Investors to a Securities Fraud Lawsuit - Lead Plaintiff Deadline is November 13, 2026
ASTS AST SpaceMobile
FMP Stock News
Original source text
New York, New York--(Newsfile Corp. - October 29, 2026) - Kaplan Fox & Kilsheimer LLP announces that a class action lawsuit has been filed against AST SpaceMobile, Inc. ("AST" or the "Company") (NASDAQ: ASTS) on behalf of investors that purchased or otherwise acquired AST securities between March 4, 2025 and July 15, 2026 (the "Class Period"). CLICK HERE TO JOIN THE CASE If you are an investor in AST and have suffered losses, you may CLICK HERE to contact us.
2026-10-29 23:44 2d ago
2026-10-29 19:01 2d ago
Why the Market Dipped But AST SpaceMobile, Inc. (ASTS) Gained Today
ASTS AST SpaceMobile
FMP Stock News
Original source text
AST SpaceMobile, Inc. (ASTS - Free Report) closed at $43.07 in the latest trading session, marking a +1.82% move from the prior day. The stock outperformed the S&P 500, which registered a daily loss of 0.31%. Meanwhile, the Dow experienced a drop of 0.25%, and the technology-dominated Nasdaq saw a decrease of 1.38%.

The company's shares have seen a decrease of 28.14% over the last month, not keeping up with the Computer and Technology sector's loss of 3.14% and the S&P 500's gain of 0.87%.

Analysts and investors alike will be keeping a close eye on the performance of AST SpaceMobile, Inc. in its upcoming earnings disclosure. The company's earnings report is set to go public on November 9, 2026. It is anticipated that the company will report an EPS of -$0.41, marking a 8.89% rise compared to the same quarter of the previous year. At the same time, our most recent consensus estimate is projecting a revenue of $44.47 million, reflecting a 201.7% rise from the equivalent quarter last year.

For the entire fiscal year, the Zacks Consensus Estimates are projecting earnings of -$2.4 per share and a revenue of $159.82 million, representing changes of -79.1% and +125.36%, respectively, from the prior year.

Any recent changes to analyst estimates for AST SpaceMobile, Inc. should also be noted by investors. These revisions help to show the ever-changing nature of near-term business trends. With this in mind, we can consider positive estimate revisions a sign of optimism about the business outlook.

Our research suggests that these changes in estimates have a direct relationship with upcoming stock price performance. To utilize this, we have created the Zacks Rank, a proprietary model that integrates these estimate changes and provides a functional rating system.

The Zacks Rank system, ranging from #1 (Strong Buy) to #5 (Strong Sell), possesses a remarkable history of outdoing, externally audited, with #1 stocks returning an average annual gain of +25% since 1988. Over the last 30 days, the Zacks Consensus EPS estimate has moved 2.15% higher. Right now, AST SpaceMobile, Inc. possesses a Zacks Rank of #3 (Hold).

The Wireless Equipment industry is part of the Computer and Technology sector. This group has a Zacks Industry Rank of 89, putting it in the top 37% of all 250+ industries.

The Zacks Industry Rank gauges the strength of our individual industry groups by measuring the average Zacks Rank of the individual stocks within the groups. Our research shows that the top 50% rated industries outperform the bottom half by a factor of 2 to 1.

Don't forget to use Zacks.com to keep track of all these stock-moving metrics, and others, in the upcoming trading sessions.
2026-10-29 23:44 2d ago
2026-10-29 19:37 2d ago
ASTS DEADLINE: ROSEN, RECOGNIZED INVESTOR COUNSEL, Encourages AST SpaceMobile, Inc. Investors to Secure Counsel Before Important Deadline in Securities Class Action - ASTS
ASTS AST SpaceMobile
FMP Stock News
Original source text
NEW YORK, Oct. 29, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) --

WHY: Rosen Law Firm, a global investor rights law firm, reminds purchasers of securities of AST SpaceMobile, Inc. (NASDAQ: ASTS) between March 4, 2025 and July 15, 2026, inclusive (the “Class Period”), of the important November 13, 2026 lead plaintiff deadline.

SO WHAT: If you purchased AST SpaceMobile securities during the Class Period you may be entitled to compensation without payment of any out of pocket fees or costs through a contingency fee arrangement.

WHAT TO DO NEXT: To join the AST SpaceMobile class action, go to https://rosenlegal.com/cases/ast-spacemobile-inc-2026/join or call Phillip Kim, Esq. toll-free at 866-767-3653 or email [email protected] for information on the class action. A class action lawsuit has already been filed. If you wish to serve as lead plaintiff, you must move the Court no later than November 13, 2026. A lead plaintiff is a representative party acting on behalf of other class members in directing the litigation.

WHY ROSEN LAW: We encourage investors to select qualified counsel with a track record of success in leadership roles. Often, firms issuing notices do not have comparable experience, resources, or any meaningful peer recognition. Many of these firms do not actually handle securities class actions, but are merely middlemen that refer clients or partner with law firms that actually litigate the cases. Be wise in selecting counsel. The Rosen Law Firm represents investors throughout the globe, concentrating its practice in securities class actions and shareholder derivative litigation. Rosen Law Firm has achieved the largest ever securities class action settlement against a Chinese Company. Rosen Law Firm was Ranked No. 1 by ISS Securities Class Action Services for number of securities class action settlements in 2017. The firm has been ranked in the top 4 each year since 2013 and has recovered billions of dollars for investors. In 2019 alone the firm secured over $438 million for investors. In 2020, founding partner Laurence Rosen was named by law360 as a Titan of Plaintiffs’ Bar. Many of the firm’s attorneys have been recognized by Lawdragon and Super Lawyers.

DETAILS OF THE CASE: According to the lawsuit, throughout the Class Period, defendants made false and/or misleading statements and/or failed to disclose that: (1) AST SpaceMobile’s increasing capital requirements were likely to increase AST SpaceMobile’s debt load and share dilution with greater frequency and at greater scale than defendants had signaled to investors; (2) accordingly, defendants had overstated the sufficiency of AST SpaceMobile’s capital and liquidity position to achieve AST SpaceMobile’s strategic and business goals; (3) defendants likewise overstated the durability of AST SpaceMobile’s competitive position in the satellite D2C market; (4) even following the EchoStar Transaction, defendants continued overstating AST SpaceMobile’s competitive position in the satellite D2C market; (5) AST SpaceMobile was experiencing slow user adoption in the U.S. and Japan; (6) the foregoing was likely to have a significant negative impact on AST SpaceMobile’s business and financial prospects; and (7) as a result, defendants’ public statements were materially false and misleading at all relevant times. When the true details entered the market, the lawsuit claims that investors suffered damages.

To join the AST SpaceMobile class action, go to https://rosenlegal.com/cases/ast-spacemobile-inc-2026/join or call Phillip Kim, Esq. toll-free at 866-767-3653 or email [email protected] for information on the class action.

No Class Has Been Certified. Until a class is certified, you are not represented by counsel unless you retain one. You may select counsel of your choice. You may also remain an absent class member and do nothing at this point. An investor’s ability to share in any potential future recovery is not dependent upon serving as lead plaintiff.

Follow us for updates on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/the-rosen-law-firm, on Twitter: https://twitter.com/rosen_firm or on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/rosenlawfirm/.

Attorney Advertising. Prior results do not guarantee a similar outcome.

Contact Information:

        Laurence Rosen, Esq.
        Phillip Kim, Esq.
        The Rosen Law Firm, P.A.
        275 Madison Avenue, 40th Floor
        New York, NY 10016
        Tel: (212) 686-1060
        Toll Free: (866) 767-3653
        Fax: (212) 202-3827
        [email protected]
        www.rosenlegal.com
2026-10-29 23:44 2d ago
2026-10-29 19:01 2d ago
MPLX LP (MPLX) Rises As Market Takes a Dip: Key Facts
MPLX MPLX
FMP Stock News
Original source text
MPLX LP (MPLX - Free Report) closed at $59.89 in the latest trading session, marking a +1.63% move from the prior day. The stock's performance was ahead of the S&P 500's daily loss of 0.31%. Elsewhere, the Dow saw a downswing of 0.25%, while the tech-heavy Nasdaq depreciated by 1.38%.

Heading into today, shares of the company had gained 4.63% over the past month, lagging the Oils-Energy sector's gain of 9.26% and outpacing the S&P 500's gain of 0.87%.

The investment community will be paying close attention to the earnings performance of MPLX LP in its upcoming release. The company is slated to reveal its earnings on November 3, 2026. The company is expected to report EPS of $1.11, down 26.97% from the prior-year quarter. Meanwhile, our latest consensus estimate is calling for revenue of $3.29 billion, down 9.04% from the prior-year quarter.

For the annual period, the Zacks Consensus Estimates anticipate earnings of $4.24 per share and a revenue of $13.2 billion, signifying shifts of -12.03% and +1.59%, respectively, from the last year.

Additionally, investors should keep an eye on any recent revisions to analyst forecasts for MPLX LP. Recent revisions tend to reflect the latest near-term business trends. With this in mind, we can consider positive estimate revisions a sign of optimism about the business outlook.

Empirical research indicates that these revisions in estimates have a direct correlation with impending stock price performance. Investors can capitalize on this by using the Zacks Rank. This model considers these estimate changes and provides a simple, actionable rating system.

The Zacks Rank system ranges from #1 (Strong Buy) to #5 (Strong Sell). It has a remarkable, outside-audited track record of success, with #1 stocks delivering an average annual return of +25% since 1988. Over the past month, the Zacks Consensus EPS estimate has shifted 0.45% downward. As of now, MPLX LP holds a Zacks Rank of #3 (Hold).

Digging into valuation, MPLX LP currently has a Forward P/E ratio of 13.91. Its industry sports an average Forward P/E of 20.01, so one might conclude that MPLX LP is trading at a discount comparatively.

We can additionally observe that MPLX currently boasts a PEG ratio of 5.63. The PEG ratio bears resemblance to the frequently used P/E ratio, but this parameter also includes the company's expected earnings growth trajectory. Oil and Gas - Production and Pipelines stocks are, on average, holding a PEG ratio of 1.92 based on yesterday's closing prices.

The Oil and Gas - Production and Pipelines industry is part of the Oils-Energy sector. Currently, this industry holds a Zacks Industry Rank of 98, positioning it in the top 40% of all 250+ industries.

The strength of our individual industry groups is measured by the Zacks Industry Rank, which is calculated based on the average Zacks Rank of the individual stocks within these groups. Our research shows that the top 50% rated industries outperform the bottom half by a factor of 2 to 1.

Don't forget to use Zacks.com to keep track of all these stock-moving metrics, and others, in the upcoming trading sessions.
2026-10-29 23:43 2d ago
2026-10-29 18:22 2d ago
Hims & Hers Health Shareholder Alert: ClaimsFiler Reminds Investors With Losses In Excess Of $100,000 Of Lead Plaintiff Deadline In Class Action Lawsuit Against Hims & Hers Health, Inc. - HIMS
HIMS Hims Hers Health
FMP Stock News
Original source text
NEW ORLEANS, Oct. 29, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- ClaimsFiler, a FREE shareholder information service, reminds investors that they have until November 2, 2026 to file lead plaintiff applications in a securities class action lawsuit against Hims & Hers Health, Inc. (“Hims” or the “Company”) (NYSE: HIMS), if they purchased or otherwise acquired the Company’s securities between August 4, 2025 and July 29, 2026, inclusive (the “Class Period”).  This action is pending in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California.

Get Help

Hims & Hers investors should visit us at https://claimsfiler.com/cases/nyse-hims-1/ or call toll-free (833) 538-3601.  Lawyers at Kahn Swick & Foti, LLC are available to discuss your legal options.

About the Lawsuit

Hims & Hers Health and certain of its executives are charged with failing to disclose material information during the Class Period, violating federal securities laws. 

On July 29, 2026, during market hours, the Federal Trade Commission ("FTC") announced that it had filed a lawsuit against the Company "alleging that the telehealth provider shared consumers' sensitive health information about medical conditions with third-party advertising platforms despite claiming its services maintain consumers' privacy and deceives users about its billing and cancellation practices." The FTC further alleged that the Company fails to "clearly disclose that it charges consumers for prescriptions almost immediately after they submit an intake form, despite telling consumers that they will be able to consult with a medical provider to find a treatment that is 'right for them.'"

On this news, the price of Hims & Hers Health shares fell $4.32, or 14.73%, to close at $25.00 on July 29, 2026, on unusually heavy trading volume.

The case is Velanki v. Hims & Hers Health, Inc. et al., 26-cv-09313.

About ClaimsFiler

ClaimsFiler has a single mission: to serve as the information source to help retail investors recover their share of billions of dollars from securities class action settlements. At ClaimsFiler.com, investors can: (1) register for free to gain access to information and settlement websites for various securities class action cases so they can timely submit their own claims; (2) upload their portfolio transactional data to be notified about relevant securities cases in which they may have a financial interest; and (3) submit inquiries to the Kahn Swick & Foti, LLC law firm for free case evaluations.

To learn more about ClaimsFiler, visit www.claimsfiler.com.
(833) 538-3601